You are on page 1of 180

PROJECT NO.

: DB-81-1417

(B+G+2+R) 3 STAR – HOTEL BUILDING


ON PLOT NO. 3560915 AT UMM SUQEIM FIRST,
DUBAI, UAE

MEP WORKS

TENDER DOCUMENT
VOLUME II – SPECIFICATIONS
PART - 2, MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

CLIENT: CONSULTANT:
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate – L.L.C. M/s. Al Ajmi Engineering Consultants
P.O. Box 28776, Dubai, UAE. P. O. Box 14115, Dubai, UAE
Tel.: 04-3341234, Fax: 04-3341232 Tel: 04-2349494, Fax: 04-2239900

JULY -2018
GENERAL INDEX

SPECIFICATIONS:
VOLUME II PART - 2, MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART - 3, ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTIONAL INDEX

DIVISION 15000

Section 15010 Mechanical General Provisions

Section 15100 Sewage and storm water drainage

Section 15200 Plumbing

Section 15300 Fire Protection

Section 15400 Air Conditioning System

Section 15450 Insulation

Section 15500 Air Distribution

Section 15550 HVAC Balancing & Testing

Section 15600 HVAC Controls

Section 15650 Building Automation and Control System

Section 15700 LPG system

Section 15850 CO Sensor

Section 15900 Manufacturer List

Project # 1417 Page 1/ 1


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15010 MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISION

1 General Requirements
2 Application
3 Scope of Work
4 Quality Assurance
5 Submittals
6 Design Criteria
7 Permits, Fees and Inspection
8 Related Work Specified in Other Divisions
9 Product Delivery Handling, Storage & Installation
10 Clearance From Electrical Equipment
11 Contract Drawings and Site Examination
12 Construction Drawings
13 Standard of Material & Equipment
14 Temporary Service
15 Patents rights
16 Equipment Nameplates
17 Expediting of Equipment
18 Superintendence
19 Trial Usage
20 Cleaning
21 Warranties
22 Instructions to the Employer
23 Testing
24 Commissioning
25 System Acceptance
26 Products Warranty and Spares
27 Wiring and electric motor and motor starter.
28 Inserts, Sleeves, Escutcheons, Curbs

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 1 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1 The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

1.2 It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the requirements
of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors are equally informed.

2 APPLICATION

1. This Section applies to and is part of all Sections of Division 15.

3 SCOPE OF WORK

Supply, installation, commissioning and maintenance of the following works for the stated period of defect
liability.

1. This section establishes the requirements for completing all air conditioning, ventilation, mechanical
services, fire protection, plumbing and drainage & Gas System.

2. Provide all necessary materials, labour, equipment, tools, appliances, services, hoisting, scaffolding,
supports and supervision to provide complete safe installations in conformity with the Contract
Documents.

3. Furnish in accordance with the Contract Documents all air conditioning systems, with all associated
equipments like air handling units, FCU’s, complete with cupper piping systems, piping specialities,
anchors, hangers and supports, valves, gauges, duct and cupper pipe work insulation, fire protection
systems, toilet and kitchen exhaust ventilation systems, total air distribution equipment, air filtering,
vibration isolation of equipment, flexible connections, all control and instrumentation, alarm devices,
plumbing systems, water heaters.

4. A complete automatic control system for air conditioning, ventilation, plumbing and fire protection
systems, including interfaces.

5. A complete sanitary and rain water drainage system including all final connections to plumbing fixtures
and floor trenches, and rainwater collection points.

6. Stairwell pressurization systems and lift lobby smoke control system comprising of supply and extract
air fans, dampers and operators, grilles, pressure relief dampers, and controls connected to the fire
and life safety supervisory panel.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 2 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

7. Complete fire protection system comprising of pumps connections, fire pumps, jockey pump, wet
risers, fire hose cabinets, sprinkler system, pressure reducing valves, flow indicators, piping and
accessories, portable fire extinguishers, and controls interconnected to the fire and life safety
supervisory panel.

8. All noise control components such as sound attenuators, and acoustic insulation to meet the noise
criteria specified for the building.

9. All vibration isolation components for each piece of rotating equipment including necessary seismic
restraining devices such as snubbers and sway bracing of pipework.

10. Sections of Division 15 are not intended to delegate functions nor to delegate work to any specific
trade.

4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The manufacturer's of all materials and equipment must have at least ten years of experience
in the design and manufacture of their products, maintaining highest quality in accordance with
the associated standards.

5 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to the applicable Divisions of the Specification for instructions.

2. Submissions required with proposal, enclosing the following details

1. Name of specialist contractor.

2. List of Manufacturers of equipment specified within each Section of Division 15.

3. Resumes of Engineers & Technicians as called for in each Section.

4. Model numbers of each piece of equipment within each Section that varies from the
Base Manufacturer and two sets of original catalogues.

5. Other data as called for in each Section.

3. Shop drawings as listed in each Section of Division 15 and requested by the Engineer.

4. Co-ordination drawings as requested by the Engineer.

5. Builders work Drawings as required.

6. Samples as listed in each Section of Division 15 and/or requested by the Engineer.

7. Operating and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with the applicable Division of the Specifications.

8. Training Manuals in accordance with the applicable Division of the Specifications.

9. Reports of optional factory witness tests as called for in each section and requested by the Engineer.

10. Field Test Reports.

11. Warranties.

12. Record Drawings / As Builts

13. Authorities Inspection Reports.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 3 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

14. System Verification Certificates.

15. Special tools recommended by product manufacturer and required for maintenance.

16. A comprehensive submittal for one year maintenance / defect liability period, which will commence at
the end of testing and commissioning and acceptance of the system by the Client shall be made for
consultant and client approval. This shall include breakdown, preventive and predictive maintenance
requirements.

17. Material test certificates & Mill test certificates

18. Certificates of country of origin

19. Warranties / Guarantees for each equipment

20. Related calculations as requested by the Engineer

6 DESIGN CRITERIA

1 External Condition : Summer - 46oC db 29oC wb.


Winter not applicable

2 Internal Conditions :

Flats - db 23oC +0.5oC 50% RH +2%


Plant Rooms - db 27oC +2oC
HV+LV Switch - db 27oC +2oC
3 Noise Levels :

Type of Area NC

Mechanical & Electrical Plant Rooms 45


Corridors, Lobbies, Toilets and kitchen 40
Living and bed Room 35

4 Extract Ventilation : as per ASHRAE requirements

7 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTION

1. Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, licenses, inspections, examinations, and fees
required for work of Division 15.

2. Arrange for inspection of all work by all concerned Authorities having jurisdiction.

On completion of the work, present to the Engineer the final unconditional certificate of
approval of all concerned authorities having jurisdiction.

3. The installation of fire protection, domestic water and drainage systems must be installed to
the construction standards established by authorities having jurisdiction. In no circumstances
should the contractor reduce the standards or scope of work established by the contract
drawings and specifications.

8 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISIONS

1. Finished painting and stencilling.

2. Access doors.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 4 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Fireproofing of access doors.

4. Manholes in concrete for access to all storage tanks. See Architectural Drawings.

5. Trench covers and frames. See Architectural Drawings.

6. Cutting and patching.

7. Door louvers.

8. Undercutting doors.

9. Louvers and screens in masonry work.

10. Plenums other than sheet metal.

11. Flashing.

12. Gratings.

13. Electrical Service.

14. Fire and Life Safety Systems.

15. Clean-up.

16. Painting.

17. Site Drainage.

18. Site Utilities.

19. Equipment platforms unless specifically called for in the Specifications.

9 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE AND INSTALLATION

1. Moving of Equipment

1. Ensure that materials and equipment are delivered to the site at the proper time and in
such assemblies and sizes so as to enter into the building and to be moved into the
spaces where they are to be located without difficulty.

2. Be responsible for any cutting and patching involved in getting assemblies into place.

2. Storage

1. Store all equipment and supplies in accordance with the manufacturer’s


recommendations and as approved by the Engineer.

3. Accessibility

1. For operation, maintenance, and repair.

2. Group concealed valves, expansion joints, controls, dampers and equipment requiring
access, so as to be freely accessible through access doors.

3. If required, provide catwalk for access to elements.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 5 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10 CLEARANCE FROM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

1. Piping and Ductwork

1. Piping and ductwork shall not pass through the following locations:

1. L.V. Switchgear room.


2. Electric rooms and closets.
3. Telephone rooms and closets.
4. Elevator machine rooms.
5. Owner's Equipment rooms.
6. Over electrical panels and busway.
7. Generator Rooms

2. Where piping and ductwork is indicated in areas housing electrical work these
services shall be installed no closer than 1.6m (5 ft) of:

1. Switchboards.
2. Motor control centres.
3. Motors, except for branch piping to equipment.
4. Electrical panels and bus way.

3. When over or within 1.6m (5 ft) is unavoidable provide drip pans under piping, subject
to the approval of the Engineer.

4. Work within these areas to be closely co-ordinated with Division 16 - Electrical to


avoid the use of drip pans.

5. Drip pans under piping:

1. 8 gauge type 304 stainless steel.


2. Sandwiched and independently supported.
3. Watertight.
4. Provide 30mm (1-1/4 in.) drain outlet piped to hub floor drain or janitors sink.

11 CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SITE EXAMINATION

1. The Drawings for Mechanical work are performance drawings, diagrammatic, intended to
convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement and approximate location of
apparatus, fixtures and pipe runs. The Drawings do not intend to show architectural and
structural details.

2. If obvious ambiguities or omissions are noticed when tendering, refer same to the Engineer for
a ruling and obtain the ruling in writing in the form of an Addendum.

3. Do not scale Drawings. Obtain information involving accurate dimensions from dimensions
shown on Architectural and Structural drawings, and by site measurement.

4. Visit and inspect the site of the work to verify location and elevation of existing services which
may affect the Tender and work of this Division including water, electrical, telecom, sanitary,
and storm water mains before submission of tender and before proceeding with the work.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 6 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

12 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

1. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a dimensioned layout
with required sections of all MEP services including ductwork and piping for each floor. These
drawings to be used as a co-ordination drawing and be distributed to all Divisions whose work
is affected. Drawings shall be in a larger scale, usually 1:20 and shall include all duct sections
as per planned fabrication, all pipe and conduit fittings, valves etc., with all dimensions for
erection.

2. In addition to the above layouts and sections prepare drawings indicating sizes and locations
of special details including but not limited to:

Sleeves and openings,


Inserts and anchors,
Access panel openings,
Pits,
House keeping pads, vibration isolators and equipment bases.
Support details

13 STANDARD OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT

1. Refer to applicable Divisions of the Specifications.

2. Provide new material and equipment of specified quality, delivered, erected, connected and
finished in every detail, and supplied with the acceptance of the Engineer.

3. Where a manufacturer's name and model number is mentioned, it is for the purpose of setting
a standard of quality, performance, capacity, appearance and serviceability.

4. Assume full responsibility for ensuring that when providing other acceptable alternative
manufacturers all space, weight, connections, power and wiring requirements, etc. are
considered, and costs thereof included in the tender. Equipment requiring greater than
specified energy requirements or unduly limiting service space requirements will not be
accepted.

14 TEMPORARY SERVICE

1. Refer to the applicable Division of the Contract Documents regarding temporary services,
contractor's shop, storage and other such facilities.

2. Do not use any of the permanent Mechanical Systems during construction unless specific
written approval is obtained from the Engineer. Approved usage of the permanent Mechanical
Systems shall not be construed as acceptance by the Employer.

3. The use of permanent facilities for temporary construction service shall not affect in any way
the commencement day of the warranty period.

15 PATENTS RIGHTS

1. Pay all royalties and licensing fees, and defend all suits or claims for infringement of any
patent rights or copy rights, and save the Employer, Engineer and Architect harmless of loss
or annoyance on account of suit, or claims of any kind of violation or infringement of any
letters patent, patent rights or copy rights, by this Contractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by him or by reason of the use by him or them of any part, machine, manufacture or
composition of matter on the work, in violation or infringement or such letters patent or rights
or copy rights.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 7 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

16 EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES

1. Provide equipments (including electric motors) with proper nameplates affixed thereto,
showing the size, name of equipment, serial number and all information usually provided,
which also includes voltage, cycle, phase and horsepower of motors and the name and
address of the manufacturer.

2. Nameplates shall be in English languages.

17 EXPEDITING OF EQUIPMENT

1. Continuously monitor and expedite delivery of equipment and materials. If necessary, carry
out inspection at the source of manufacture.

2. Continuously monitor the flow of necessary information to and from all parties involved.

3. Immediately inform the Engineer if information is required from him.

4. Provide equipment delivery records updated monthly or more frequently as required by the
Engineer in form of procurement logs.

18 SUPERINTENDENCE

1. Maintain at the job site, at all times, qualified personnel and supporting staff with proven
experience in erecting, supervising, testing and adjusting mechanical projects of comparable
nature and complexity.

2. The Contractors site supervisory personnel and their qualifications are subject to the approval
of the Employer and the Engineer.

19 TRIAL USAGE

1. The Employer has the privilege of trial usage of Mechanical Systems or parts thereof for the
purpose of testing and learning operational procedures.

2. Carry out trial usage over a maximum period of time as instructed by the Engineer.

3. Carry out the operations only with the express knowledge and under supervision of the trade
specialist who shall not waive any responsibility because of trail usage.

4. Trial usage shall not be construed as Substantial Completion of the Work.

20 CLEANING

1. Vacuum clean / flush and remove debris from the inside of water reservoirs, tanks, air
handling systems, fans, ducts, coils, terminal units, etc., before testing and operational start-
up.

2. Clean exposed surfaces of mechanical equipment, ductwork, piping, etc., and polish plated
work to the satisfaction of the engineer.

3. Comb all bent fins to proper configuration on all coils of air handling units, fan coil units, and
air cooled condensers.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 8 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

21 WARRANTIES

1. Comply with requirements of the Contract Documents.

2. Provide warranty certificates for all equipment supplied for this project.

3. All warranties unless mentioned otherwise elsewhere in the specification shall be valid for a
period of 1 year after issuance of Certificate of Practical Completion irrespective of delivery
date and trial usage.

4. Include copies of these certificates with the maintenance and operating manuals in the
appropriate sections. Original certificates shall be submitted separately to the Employer,
through the engineer.

22 TRAINING TO THE EMPLOYER

1. Train Employer selected personnel on all aspects of the operation of systems and equipment.

2. Arrange and pay for services of manufacturers' representatives required for Training on the
following specialized portions of the installation. The duration of the training shall be co-
ordinated with the Employer.

3. Submit to the Engineer at the time of final inspection a complete list of systems stating for
each system:

1. Date of instructions given to the Employer's staff.

2. Duration of instruction.

3. Names of persons instructed.

4. Other parties present (manufacturer's representative, Engineer, etc.).

4. Signed acknowledgement of the Employer's staff stating that they properly understand the
system installation, operation and maintenance requirements.

5. Employer's Written Acceptance: The Contractor shall submit for approval three copies of the
following written acceptance by the Employer acknowledging the Contractor's training of the
Employer's Representative.

The Undersigned Representative of the owner has been instructed by the Mechanical
Contractor for the proper operation and maintenance of the Mechanical Systems and
Equipment.

23 TESTING

1. General

1. Furnish all labour, material, instruments, supplies and services and bear all costs for
the accomplishment of the test as listed, but not limited to all the relevant Sections of
the Specifications. Rectify all defects appearing under tests and repeat the tests until
no defects are observed; leave the equipment clean and ready for use.

2. Furnish all necessary supplies, equipment and labour for cleaning, testing, adjusting,
and starting-up of equipment; make and remove all temporary piping connections
required for tests and dispose of test water and waste after tests.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 9 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Provide technicians capable of performing air and water balancing, vibration and noise
measurements. This technician to be acceptable to the Engineer.

4. Each piece of equipment, including motors and controls shall be operated


continuously for a period of not less than two hours in the presence of the Engineer
before acceptance.

5. Make tests of piping and ducts necessary during the progress of the work. No work
and equipment shall be insulated or concealed until it is successfully tested and
inspected.

6. Each piece of apparatus shall be carefully checked for completeness of connections,


accessories, wiring and controls, and be placed in operation, tested and adjusted.

7. Carry out final tests at a time suitable to and in the presence of the Employer and the
Engineer.

8. Provide all necessary labour, material and equipment necessary to assist in the
performance of tests to be conducted by the local inspection authorities.

2. Inspection and Testing During Manufacture

1. The Engineer and owner or their representative shall be entitled at all reasonable
times during manufacture to inspect, examine and test on the manufacturers premises
the materials and workmanship of all plants to be supplied.

2. In accordance with the Contract Documents the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of
the time and location of his manufacturing shop tests for the following listed
equipments:
1. Fire Pumps and Diesel Engine.
2. Air Handling Units.
3. Sound Attenuators.

3. Such inspection, examination or testing, if made, shall not release the contractor from
any obligation under the Contract.

4. Where the Contract calls for optional witness tests on the premises of the
manufacturer, the manufacturer shall provide labour, materials, electricity, water, fuel,
stores, apparatus and instruments as may be required and as may be reasonably
demanded to carry out such tests.

5. Results and recommendations of all such inspections shall be documented as


witnessed by the Engineer in writing with originals issued to the Employer.

6. The Contractor shall pay for all costs incurred in travelling, and expenses to witness
these tests.

7. Factory performance tests shall be optional and Contractor's costs shall be listed
individually permitting a deduction should witness test be waived by the Engineer.

3. Electrical Equipment Tests

1. After completion of all electrical power and control wiring the Contractor shall in
conjunction with Division 16 make the following checks:

1. Correct rotation of mechanical equipment.

.2 Correct interconnection of control devices.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 10 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

24 COMMISSIONING

1. General

1. The final start-up operation of all systems shall be co-ordinated with other trades
participating in the construction.

2. All systems are to be released to the Engineer certified ready for use and working in a
satisfactory manner to meet the performance requirements of the Specifications.

3. All floor traps and traps of plumbing fixtures must be filled with water to prevent the
entry of sewer gases into the building.

4. All pump sumps are to be filled with water to the minimum level.

5. All control systems shall be operational in accordance with the Specifications.

2. Fire Protection System

1. The fire protection system to be complete with hoses and portable extinguishers and
ready for use.

2. The sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be filled with water & pressurized.

3. Safety valves and pressure reducing valves shall all be set to correct operating
pressures. Fire pumps shall be ready to operate via pressure switch control, and the
jockey pump shall be operational maintaining design static pressure in pipe systems.
All normally open gate valves in the system shall be opened with valves in bypass
lines completely closed.

3. Water Supply System

1. The water system to be cleaned, disinfected, and left operational with lines well vented
to prevent the entrapment of air.

2. All safety valves shall be manually operated to ensure reliability.

3. All gate valves in the system shall be opened completely, however, valves in bypass
lines are to be completely closed.

4. Air Conditioning Systems


.

1. All air handling systems and exhaust fans to be operated.

2. Verify system performance as called for in other Sections of the Contract Documents.

25 SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE

1. Submit original copies of letters from the manufacturers of all systems indicating that their
technical representatives have inspected and tested the respective systems and are satisfied
with the method of installation, connection and operation.

2. These letters shall state the names of persons present at testing, the methods used, and a list
of functions performed with location and room numbers where applicable.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 11 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Submit such letters for the following:

Fire Protection Systems.


Chilled Water System.
Plumbing and Drainage Systems.
Air and Water Balance.
Noise and Vibration Measurement.
Fan Units.
Area Storm Drainage.

26 PRODUCTS WARRANTY AND SPARES

Unless otherwise specified in other sections, the Contractor shall provide a manufacturer's full
warranty covering all products of this Division, valid for one year from date of issue of Practical
Completion Certificate.

The Contractor shall provide and handover to owner representative at the end of maintenance period
the mechanical spare parts as required.

27 WIRING AND ELECTRIC MOTORS AND MOTOR STARTERS

1. Electric power wiring for equipment provided by mechanical trades is specified in Division 16.
Electrically operated equipment to be: I.E.E. or equivalently approved and bear approval label.

2. Provide motor and systems control wiring between starter panels and control components and
meet all requirements stipulated for similar wiring and controls as specified in Division 16.

3. Provide wiring of items supplied by equipment manufacturers such as low water cut-offs, anti
vibration lock-outs, flow switches, thermostats, sump pump alternators, level controllers, water
treatment equipment and control wiring between starters and control panels ..etc.

4. All motors to be suitable for operation in 50oC (122oF) ambient temperatures.

5. Unless otherwise specified, indicated on drawings or required by authorities having jurisdiction


all motors up to and including 560 Watt (3/4 HP): 220 volt, single phase, 50 cycle with 1.15
S.F.; 746 Watt (1 HP) and over: 380 volt 3 phase, 50 cycle. Motors shall meet NEMA
standards for maximum sound level ratings under full load. All motors over 186W (1/4 HP) to
be TEFC. Single Phase Motors: Provide permanent split capacitor type with 1.15 service
factor. All motors shall have 0.95 P.F. lagging as minimum.

6. Motors of 1/2 HP and over: Except for smoke exhaust fans, pressurization fans, standpipe fire
pumpset, sprinkler pumpset and fountain pumps, provide thermistor over temperature
protection for each winding, wired in series, with leads terminated in the motor junction box.
Provide for installation by Division 16, a motor tripping device.

7. Provide motor starters, for motorized mechanical equipment, in general as per Division 16.

1. Unless otherwise noted, starters for 3 phase motors: combination, "quick-make" and
"quick-break" disconnects with full voltage, non-reversing magnetic contactors for
across-the-line service within the limits of starting currents specified in item .2 below.

Provide full protection of each phase by means of one overload relay per phase, reset
button shall be in front of panel. Under voltage protection: starter coil to disengage on
65 percent of rated voltage unless otherwise noted. Provide accessories as follows:
TEST-OFF-ON switches, "START-STOP" pushbuttons, pilot lights, control
transformers, auxiliary contacts etc., as indicated on the motor control schedule.
Provide ammeters with one CT per phase, voltmeters, earth fault and phase failure
protection.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 12 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. The maximum starting currents of electric motors shall be as listed hereunder:

Three Phase - Upto 3 HP five times F.L.C.


3 HP to 35 HP two times F.L.C.
35 HP and above 1.5 times F.L.C.

Starting equipment to limit the current may consist of:

Star-Delta Starters
Resistance Starters
Auto-Transformer Starters
Other approved current limiting devices
Variable speed drive
Soft starters.

3. Motor control centres/ AHU starter panel: Provide enclosure as specified in division
16. Starters installed in control centre, as above, and complete with load wiring and
control wiring terminal boards and all required provisions for electric "line" and "load"
side power connections. Starter shall be of the drawer type, withdraw able in the OFF
position.

4. Unless otherwise noted starters for single phase motors: 220 volt, thermal overload
protected manual starting switches with "ON/OFF" toggle switch, low voltage neon
pilot light, earth leakage protection, ammeters and a surface or flush mounting IP54
enclosure to suit application. If automatic or remote operation is required provide
magnetic starters as specified above for 3 phase motors, single phase motors to be
with unfused disconnects.

5. Disconnects: Heavy duty, IP54 minimum, front operated with handle suitable for
padlocking in the "OFF" position and arranged so enclosure cover cannot be opened
while the handle is in the "ON" position. Operating mechanisms: "quick-break"
positive acting with visible blades and line terminal shield. Fusible units: complete
with fuse clips and suitable for H.R.C. fuses unless otherwise noted. Equip each unit
with solderless lugs and front cover nameplate identifying the catalogue number and
electrical characteristics. Enclosures for disconnects mounted indoors: IP54 general
purpose. Enclosures for disconnects mounted in humid areas: IP65. Enclosures for
disconnects mounted outdoors: IP65 rain tight waterproof. Ampere rating, number of
poles and fuse requirements: as indicated in the contract documents. Provide a
disconnect for every motor.

6. Fuses (unless otherwise indicated) English Electric Ltd., or approved equal, Form 1,
Class "J" H.R.C. for constant running equipment and Bussman Class J High
Interrupting capacity time delay type for equipment that cycles ON and OFF.

7. All mechanical equipment having integral starters, and control panels shall
incorporate, in addition to the provisions of the Motor Control Centres and starters,
earth leakage sensors, local audio/visual alarm, and output signals for BMS
monitoring in accordance with Section 15900.

8. All starters, control panels and Motor Control Centres shall be equipped with a door
interlocked power disconnect for each outgoer, lamb test facility, and be factory
assembled and tested.

28 INSERTS, SLEEVES, ESCUTCHEONS AND CURBS

1. Under this section supply necessary sleeves and other inserts to other trades.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 13 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Use only factory made, threaded or toggle type inserts as required for supports and anchors, properly
sized for the load to be carried. Place inserts only in portions of the main structure and not in any
finishing material.

3. Use factory made expansion shields where inserts cannot be placed, but only where approved by the
Consultant and for light weights.

4. Do not use powder activated tools except with the written permission of the consultant.

5. Supply and locate all inserts, holes, anchor bolts, and sleeves in good time when walls, floors, and
roof are erected.

6. Pass insulation unbroken where pipe or duct is insulated. Size sleeves to provide adequate clearance
al around.

7. Use the following materials for pipe sleeves:


8.
a. Through all interior walls above grade use uPVC Class ‘C’ pipes, machine cut, flush with
finished structure.
b. Through all exterior walls above grade use uPVC Class ‘C’ pipes, machine cut, flush with
finished structure inside and to suit flashing on outside.
c. Through all exterior walls-below grade and all other waterproof walls use uPVC Class E
sleeves, machine cut. Check flashing specification for further details.

d. Through all waterproof floors, janitor’s closets, mechanical rooms, kitchens, roofs, use uPVC
Class ‘E’ sleeves, machine cut. Extend sleeves 100 mm above finished floor upwards and cut
flush with underside of floor. Refer to flashing detail through waterproof floors.
e. Provide 100mm high, 100 mm wide watertight concrete curbs with 20 mm chamfered edges
around all pipes passing through waterproof floors except where furred in. Read concrete
specification before proceeding with curbs.

f. Where uPVC pipes pass through fire rated walls / partitions, provide fire rated sleeves.

9. Pack all sleeves between the insulated pipe and the sleeve or where un-insulated between the pipe
and the sleeve with loose fibreglass insulation. Seal the annular space as follows

a. For all horizontal sleeves in exposed areas, use a seal equal or better fire rated than the wall
to be sealed.

b. For all vertical sleeves through roofs, janitor’s closets, equipment rooms, use permanently
resilient silicone based sealing compound, non-inflammable and waterproof.

Ensure that the seal is compatible with floor and ceiling finishes. Check the room finishing
schedules for further details and clarify if necessary with the Consultant.

c. Cover exposed floor and wall pipe sleeves in finished areas with satin finish chrome or nickel
plated solid brass or with satin finished stainless steel escutcheons with non-ferrous set
screws. Split cast plates of the screw locking type may not be used. Do not use stamped steel
friction type split plates.

Through roofs, provide curbs and sleeves as shown on drawings and to suit flashing
requirements.

10. Use the following sleeving for ducts:

For rectangular duct openings through walls and floors a removable hardwood box-out shall be
provided of the required size.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 14 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Through fire walls, build fire dampers into wall, or make detailed fixing in accordance with Consultant’s
instruction.

Through floors where ducts are not furred in or enclosed in a duct shaft, provide 100 mm high and 100
mm wide watertight concrete curbs, with 25 mm chamfered edges all around. Extend sleeves where
used flush to top of curb. Read concrete Specification before proceeding. Through floors where duct is
enclosed in a duct shaft or furred in, provide the watertight curbs at the extreme top and bottom only.

11. After ducts are installed, pack the opening and seal the packing as follows:

a. Use fibreglass insulation for packing opening through walls and floors.

b. Seal the packing in openings through floors with permanently resilient silicone base non
inflammable waterproof compound. Press duct supports firmly down into caulking before
bolting it down to curb.

c. Through all vertical walls seal the fibreglass packing using permanently resilient silicone
based sealant.

12. Brace duct sleeves and box outs to retain their position and shape during pouring of concrete and
other work.

13. Provide bracing for each duct at every passage through structure to prevent sagging.

14. Cover exposed duct sleeves and openings in exposed areas. Use 100 mm galvanized steel
escutcheons in the form of a duct collar. Over curbs extend the collar 30 mm down the side of the curb
similar to counter flashing fix collar in place with cadmium plated screws.

15. All the walls and floors penetrated by mechanical and electrical services to be sealed by approved
sealant and this sealant to be fire rated wherever this penetration on the fire barrier as per NFPA and
requirements of Authority having jurisdiction, these works to be executed by specialist Subcontractor
through mechanical and electrical Subcontractors.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15010 – Mechanical General Provision Page 15 of 15
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15100 SEWERAGE & STORM WATER DRAINAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Pipe and Fittings


2.2 Manholes
2.3 Manhole Covers and Frames
2.4 Electric Sump pumps
2.5 Roof Drains
2.6 Floor Drains
2.7 Clean outs ( C.O)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Site Clearing


3.2 Earth Excavation
3.3 Pipe Installation
3.4 Piping System Joints
3.5 Pipe Identification
3.6 Venting system
3.7 Inspection and Testing
3.8 Gravity drainage
3.9 Gravity Drainage-performance test
3.10 Pumped Drainage – Pipework Testing
3.11 sump pump

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 1/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Contractor to prepare and be totally responsible for a complete sewerage collection and
disposal system as outlined herein.

2. Contractor to provide all sewers and manholes as shown on drawing.

3. All piping running below traffic areas such as roadways, parking areas and loading
docks shall be encased in 150mm of concrete grade A.

4. Contractor shall check and verify all inverts of pipe work as required.

5. Contractor shall co-ordinate with and obtain permits and clearances from, the
authorities having jurisdiction for sewage connection to city sewer system.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The Contractor must have at least five years of experience in the installation of sewer
systems in accordance with the associated standards.

2. Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen regularly employed in the
installation of site water drainage services.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to the applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submittals with Tender Documents.

1. Refer to Section 15010.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 2/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Submit shop drawings and technical submittals to the Engineer for the complete system
being provided by this section including but not limited to:

1. Piping layouts showing all inverts.

2. Pipe Materials.

3. Pipe Fittings.

4. Manholes and Covers.

5. Schedule of work.

6. Drainage Accessories
7. Method Statements with ITP & Checklists

8. Typical details for Installation

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS

1. All horizontal Drainage pipes (waste, Soil) in ground floor & all typical floors including
risers & air wells , in all areas including bathrooms, halls, bedrooms kitchens …etc
shall be sound proof Pipes

2. vent and rain water pipes and fittings inside the air wells and parking areas shall be of
UPVC to BS 4514 for pipe sizes 80mm dia & above and MUPVC to BS 5255 for pipe
sizes 50mm diameter and smaller. Fittings shall be push fit type. And the pipes passing
through the bed rooms and lift lobbies shall be sound prove.

3. Sewage pipe between manholes shall be uPVC Class E protected with concrete.

4. Drainage pipes buried under ground up to manhole shall be uPVC to BS 4660.

2.2 MANHOLES

Manholes shall be precast or poured concrete with frames, covers, and GRP liner in accordance
with the Contract Documents. The sizes of the manholes shall be as per the drawings.

2.3 MANHOLE COVERS AND FRAMES

1. Manhole covers and frames to be double seal triangular heavy duty Grade 'A' complying
with BS 497 Part 1 except that they shall have a clear access opening as shown on the
drawings. They shall be loosely coupled with stainless steel grade 320 bolts. They
shall incorporate a GRP sealing plate.

2. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or instructed by the Engineer pumping station
wet sump access covers and frames and final inspection chamber (FIC) shall be heavy
duty Grade 'A' complying with BS 497 Part 1. They shall be watertight and be supplied
to suit the clear access openings shown on the drawings and incorporate a GRP sealing
plate.

3. GRP sealing plates shall be a minimum of 5mm thick and shall be designed to
withstand a loading of 7.5 N/m 2. The sealing plate shall have a flange to prevent it
passing into the manhole. The plates shall incorporate a peripheral retained rubber
sealing ring, of nitrile SBR or EPDM to BS 2494, such that a gas tight seal shall be
formed when pushed into place. Two GRP lifting handles, securely laminated in place,
shall be provided. The underside of seal plate shall have a vinylester resin rich liner of
1.5mm thickness and there shall be no exposed fibres.
__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 3/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4. The veil in the resin rich liner to the underside of the plate shall be 'C' class while all
other fibre reinforcement shall be of 'E' class.

5. Word "Sewerage" is to be inscribed on all covers in both English and Arabic letters of
50mm size and 5mm protrusion. One triangle to be inscribed in English while the other
in Arabic letters.

6. Covers and frames are to be of ductile iron construction, grit blasted and coated with
two layers of coal tar epoxy paint. External covers in tiles and finished areas to be
recessed type, double seal with identification plate (subject to approval) heavy duty for
traffic loading. Internal covers to be recessed double seal with finishes to match the
floor finish in the area.

2.4 ELECTRIC SUMP PUMPS

1. Pump casing shall be cast iron with poly urethane lined wear resistant diffusers.

2. Impeller shall be wear resistant, semi shorted, multi vane with adjustable diffusers.

3. Motor shall be squirrel cage induction type, class Insulation capable of maximum of 15 starts/ hour.

4. Motor casing shall be with integral cooling ribs for maximum heat dissipation.

5. Shaft ceiling shall be with two independent mechanical seals assembled in the tandem to provide a
reliable and durable sealing performance and maximum resistance to abrasion and thermal shock.

6. An oil filled housing for lubricating and cooling mechanical seal units shall provide an additional
leakage barrier.

7. Shaft shall be mounted on progressed rolling element bearings.

8. Cable junction chamber shall be a seated terminal chamber with separate gland assemblies
incorporating strain relief champs.

9. Pumps shall be of suitable for maximum depth of submission of 10 M with the flanged outlet directly
vertical upwards.

10. Pumps shall be selected to match the rate indicated on drawings.

11. Pumps shall be supplied with control panel complete with integrated fuse elements. Hand – off –
automatic switch, motor contactor, duty pump selector switch, run / fail lamps for individual pumps
door interlocked isolator, Pilot light, Relay, Motor starter, Electric cable, Sump frames and
cover, Float switches, Contact for remote high-level alarm, switches for pump operations

12. Sump pumps to be supplied with high/low level control switches (duty/standby-assist).

13. It shall be possible to remove one pump for maintenance without emptying the tank or stopping the
use of the connected sources. Pumps shall be non-blocking impeller with shredder, and chain and
guide rail provision for lifting.

2.5 ROOF DRAINS

1 Roof Drain:

Epoxy coated with deck clamp, extension, bearing pan, water proofing flange, 100mm drain
connection, 300mm (12") secured aluminium dome. The finish shall be subject to
Architect’s approval.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 4/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2 Balcony/Terrace Roof Drain:

Balcony outlet shall be of uPVC with trapped sump. Cover to be chrome plated brass.

2.6 FLOOR DRAINS (All floor drains shall be provided with deep seal traps)

Floor drains unless otherwise indicated shall have uPVC traps of a minimum water seal of
70mm, and shall be provided with adjustable and removable strainers. The open area of
strainer shall be at least two thirds of the cross-sectional area of the drain line to which it
connects. Floor drains shall have heavy duty nickel bronze 6mm (1/4") thick strainer
secured with stainless steel screws 100mm (4") throat on strainer. In quarry or ceramic
tiled areas use type SQ 125mm x 125mm (5" x 5") square satin finish strainer.
Floor drain shall have built in rodding eye.

1 Unfinished Areas:

All epoxy coated cast body with seepage flange, adjustable collar, clamping device and
150mm (6") diameter grate.

2 Pit Drain:

All epoxy coated pit drain for use in elevator pits with slotted grate, bronze back water valve
and clamping device to be provided for all elevator pits whether shown on drawing or not.

2.7 CLEANOUTS (C.O)

1 Cleanouts shall be installed at each change of direction of drainage pipes, greater than 45 degrees,
inside the building, and where indicated on the drawings. Cleanouts shall be not more than 10m
apart in horizontal lines. A cleanout shall be provided at or near the foot of each vertical waste or
soil stack.

2 Cleanouts on concealed piping shall be extended through and terminate flush with finished wall or
floor. Pits or chases may be left in the wall or floor, provided they are of sufficient size to permit
removal of the cleanout plug and proper cleaning of the system.

3 Where it is necessary to conceal a cleanout plug, a heavy duty stainless steel covering plate shall
be provided, which will permit ready access to the plug.

4 Cleanout plugs shall be of heavy duty with seal and lock. Final finish shall be to the approval of the
Architect.

5 Cleanouts shall be of the same nominal size as the pipes up to 100mm pipe diameter and not less
than 100mm for larger piping.

6 Cleanouts shall be so installed that there is a clearance of not less than 450mm for the purpose of
rodding and cleaning.

7 Provide cleanouts at foot of all stacks, changes of directions, at the ends of branch runs, in straight
runs as required and where indicated. Terminate as specified under "Cleanouts".

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 SITE CLEARING

1. Carefully protect the trees and root structure, fences, walls, shrubs, and other
vegetation and save from damage during the construction .

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 5/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.2 EARTH EXCAVATION

1. Trenches

1. Excavate the trench to the alignment and depth required, and immediately prior
to pipe laying. Where it is found necessary to excavate to greater depths in
carrying the mains under existing water mains, conduits, sewer pipes or
culverts, or passing by, under or around any culverts, manholes, hydro-electric,
telephone or other chambers in the line of the pipe, nothing in addition to the
price stated in the Form of Tender will be allowed.

2. The width of the trench at ground level is not to be less than the width at any
depth in the trench. The bottom width of the trench shall not be less than 0.5
metre greater than the internal diameter of the pipe to be laid, but shall not
exceed 1.0 metre more than the internal diameter of the pipe. Refill break and
slides which occur during excavation, with approved materials.

3. Where trench excavations are not kept within the maximum limits shown on the
drawings, the Engineer may order sheathing and shoring and/or a higher class
of bedding. Any additional costs will be borne by the Contractor.

4. Remove foundation material which, in its natural state, has a good bearing
strength, but which has had its characteristics adversely changed by the
Contractor's operations. To be replaced with granular "B" material, or placement
of a heavier class of bedding.

3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION

1. Run pipes in straight lines and at uniform gradients. The minimum gradient
shall be in accordance with normal code of practice requirements. The gradient
may be reduced if so directed by the Engineer or as shown on the drawings.

2. No branch drains shall have a lesser gradient than that for the main drain to
which it is connected.

3. Make all branch connections on horizontal drainage systems with 135 degree
branch fittings. Do not use 90 degree branches on horizontal drainage. 90
degree branches shall be used on vertical pipework only. All bends to be long
radius except where space conditions preclude their use, submit such details for
review by the Engineer prior to installation.

4. Install eccentric reducers in horizontal piping to permit drainage and eliminate


air pockets.

5. Where pipe sizes differ from connection sizes of equipment, install reducing
fittings close to equipment. Reducing bushings are not permitted.

6. Use non toxic lubricant or teflon tape applied onto the male threads.

7. Jointing of pipe: Compatible with type of pipe used.

8. Install all piping in the best workmanlike manner in accordance with the best
practices of the trade.

9. The piping shown on the drawings is diagrammatic for clearness in indicating


the general run and connections and may or may not be, in all instances, be
shown in its true position. Contractor to take responsibility for the proper
erection of systems of piping in every respect suitable for the work intended and
as described in the specifications.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 6/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10. All openings in pipe or fittings to be kept plugged or capped during installation.

11. Sufficient and suitable access shall be provided to enable all pipework to be tested
and maintained effectively. The access covers, plugs or caps shall be sited so as
to facilitate the insertion of testing apparatus and the use of equipment for cleaning
and/or for the removal of blockages. Their use shall not be impeded by the
structure or other services.

12. Vertical rainwater pipe work shall be provided with means of access at or near the
foot of the stack.

13. Vertical sanitary pipe work shall be provided with means of access near to, but
above, the spill over level of the pipe work likely to be affected by a blockage.
Where no sanitary fittings are connected on a floor to a stack, the means of access
shall be provided at or near floor level.

14. Branch discharge pipes serving multiple sanitary fittings shall be provided with
means of access at the head of the branch and at the connection to the stack.

15. Means of access shall be provided at bends in the vertical and in the horizontal
plane in long runs.

16. All access covers are to be removed, greased in accordance with manufacturers
requirements and bolted back into position.

3.4 PIPING SYSTEM JOINTS

11. Provide joints of the type indicated for each pipework system.

12. Through pump station walls, coordinate with the Waterproofing trade and apply an
approved caulking compound over ram-packed mineral wool on both sides. Over this,
on both sides, apply a layer of glass fibre tape embedded in two coats of an approved
mastic compound.

3.5 PIPING IDENTIFICATION

13. All pipework insulated and un insulated in mechanical plant areas, service voids, service
ducts, false ceilings and exposed in corridors and on roofs shall be provided with colour
coded bands and names at 5m intervals, change of direction or physical space
to indicate the service, together with directional arrows to indicate the direction of flow.

14. Identification colour coded bands and nomenclatures shall be in accordance with
BS1710 or other approved International pipework Colour Coding and Identification
standard and may take the form of self adhesive plastic tapes.

15. Identification nomenclature shall be in both English and Arabic languages.

16. Identification to be applied after completion of painting, and/or insulation of equipment


and pipework.

3.6 VENT SYSTEM

1. The soil and waste ventilating stacks shall be extended above the roof level to provide a system of
ventilation which will permit the admission of air so that under normal and intended use, the seal of any
trap shall not be subjected to a pressure differential of more than 25mm of water. The vent piping shall,
without excluding general piping requirements described before, be installed in accordance with the
Contract Documents and the following:

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 7/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1. Ventilating pipes shall project through roofs, to vent into open air at the points shown on the
Drawings. The ventilating pipes terminating through the roof shall be fitted with a
proprietary vent cowl at the top, terminating at least 1000mm above the roof or as shown on
the drawings, and/or as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. No vent terminal shall be directly beneath any door, window or other ventilating opening of
the building, nor shall any such vent terminal be within 3000mm horizontally of such an
opening unless it is at least 900mm above the top of such an opening.

3. All vent and branch vent pipes shall be so graded and connected as to drip back to the soil
or waste pipe by gravity.

4. Where vent pipes connect to horizontal soil or waste pipes, the vent pipe shall be taken off
above the centre line of the pipe. The vent pipe shall rise vertically or at an angle not more
than 45 degrees from the vertical, to a point of at least 150mm above the spill over level of
the fixture being vented before off-setting horizontally or before connecting to the branch
vent.

5. A connection between a vent pipe and a vent stack or stack vent shall be made above the
level of the highest fixtures served by the vent. Horizontal vent pipes forming branch vents,
relief vents or loop vents shall be above the siphonage level of the highest fixture served.

3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING


1. The contractor shall notify the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the time at which all
tests are to be held and shall provide all the materials, labour and equipment required
for testing. Upon completion of the tests, copies of the complete records shall be given
to the Engineer for his retention in accordance with Division One submittals.

2. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of the pipework under test and shall be
responsible for the pipework and ancillary works during the test and shall replace or
repair as directed by the Engineer, any pipe or fitting which in the opinion of the
Engineer has failed to withstand the test.

3.8 GRAVITY DRAINAGE


1. Test Procedure

1. Pipelines shall be tested in lengths between manholes by potable water with a


minimum head of 2 m.
This test shall be carried out prior to backfilling with bedding up to pipe soffit
and with pipe joints clear of bedding. No pipeline shall be accepted if leakage is
detected at pipe joints or through the pipe barrel within one hour of the
commencement of the test.

2. Immediately after a PVC pipeline has been installed, tested and the trench
backfilled, a pig or a ball, so sized that it will not pass any point in the pipe line
that has deflected to a greater degree than 3%, shall be run through the pipe to
test for deformation. In the event that the test shows excess deflection then
affected pipe or pipes have to be replaced.
2. Water Test

1. The part of the system below the lowest sanitary appliance shall be tested by inserting a
test plug in the lower end of the pipe and filling the pipe with water up to the flood level of
the lowest sanitary fixture, provided that the static head does not exceed 6m.
2. Long runs of above ground pipe work in the horizontal plane shall be subjected to the same
water test. This shall be applied by inserting a test plug downstream of the section to be
tested and filling the pipe with water up to the spill over level of the lowest sanitary fixture,
upstream of the section under test, provided that the static head does not exceed 6m.
3. Clean water shall be used and promptly removed upon completion of the test.

__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 8/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.9 GRAVITY DRAINAGE - PERFORMANCE TESTS

1. Every trap shall retain not less than 25mm of seal when subjected to the appropriate tests given
below. Each test shall be repeated three times; the trap being recharged before each test and the
maximum loss of seal in any one test measured by a dipstick shall be taken as the significant result.

2. To test for the effect of self-siphonage, the waste appliance shall be filled to overflowing level of
discharge in the normal way. WC pans shall be flushed. The seal remaining in the trap shall be
measured when the discharge has finished.

3. For multiple fixtures appropriate combinations of fixtures shall be discharged being filled to overflow
level, and the seal remaining in each trap of the multiple fixtures measured when the discharge has
ended. The worst conditions are likely to occur when the fixtures at the top of the building are
discharged.

4. To test the stability of trap seals when water flows down the stack, the appropriate combinations of
fixtures shall be discharged simultaneously with all traps fully charged. The seal remaining in the traps
shall be measured when the discharge has ended

5. Number of sanitary fixtures to be discharged for performance testing.

Number of fixtures of Number of fixtures to be discharged simultaneously


each kind on the stack

WC Wash Basin Kitchen Sink

1 to 9 1 1
10 to 18 1 2
19 to 26 2 2 1
27 to 52 2 3 2
53 to 78 3 4 3
79 to 100 3 5 4

3.10 PUMPED DRAINAGE PIPEWORK TESTING

1. Pumped drainage pipe work shall be pressure tested in accordance with ANSI B31 for a period of
two (2) hours.
2. The pipe work shall be tested to 150% of operating pressure or 175 kPa whichever is the greater.

3. At the end of the test period the section of pipe work shall be inspected for leakage and if leaks are
observed or pressure drop exceeds 5% of test pressure then the test is considered to have failed.

4. Repair sections of failed pipe work by disassembly and reinstallation using new material to the
extent required to overcome leakage. The use of chemicals, stop-leak compound, mastics or other
temporary repair methods is not acceptable.
5. Drain test water from piping system after testing and repair work has been completed.

3.11 Sump Pumps

1. Check each sump pump for lift and flow.

2. Check level switches for correct pump operation.

3. Check alternator on duplex units.

4. Check reservoir level controls for correct switching at high medium and low level settings.
END OF SECTION
__________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15100 – Sewerage & Storm Water Drainage Page 9/ 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15200 PLUMBING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Sanitary ware and Accessories


2.2 Hose Bib in Mechanical Rooms
2.3 Hose Bib Mounted Externally
2.4 Backflow Preventers
2.5 Pressure Reducing Valves
2.6 Pressure Relief Valves - Domestic Water
2.7 Domestic Water –water lifting pump set and distribution booster Pumps
2.8 Float Valves
2.9 Piping
2.10 Electric Water Heater
2.11 Valves
2.12 Hydro-pneumatic pressure vessels
2.13 Hangers and riser supports
2.14 Gauges
2.15 Puddle flange
2.16 GRP domestic water tank
2.17 Pipe insulation
2.18 Swimming Pool Equipments
2.19 Electric Hand Dryer
2.20 Balancing Valves (Double Regulating valve)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Domestic Water Supply


3.2 Plumbing Fixtures
3.3 Fountains
3.4 Support and Fixing
3.5 Inspection and Testing
3.6 Equipment
3.7 Clean-up
3.8 Domestic Water Meter

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 1 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1 The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.


2. Instructions to Contractors
3. Form of Agreement.
4. Particular Conditions of Contract.
5. Form of Tender.
6. Applicable Divisions.
7. Bill of Quantities
8. Drawings

2 Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3 It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1 Provide a complete plumbing system including water domestic hot and cold water, sanitary and
storm drainage, vent piping, all plumbing fixtures, and trim, hot water heaters, as shown on the
drawings. Systems to be complete in every detail.

2 Provide Municipal and Utility Street water services connection and manholes as indicated on the
site plan and coordinate with authorities for necessary approvals.

3 The domestic water supply system to include but not be limited to the following:

1. Connections to water meter from adjacent water mains as indicated on drawings and to the
approval of authorities having jurisdiction. Include for all coordination, pipes, fittings, excavation,
backfilling, securing permits and clearances and payment of all fees.

2. Piping to the combined fire and domestic water reservoirs and make up water wherever required.

3. Float valves.

4. Water reservoirs vents.

5. Domestic water booster pump set.

6. Connections to each plumbing fixture.

7. Connections to hose bibs.

8. Connection to chilled water system.

9. Water Supply to Kitchen equipment.

10. Connection to Irrigation System.

11. Pressure reducing valves.

12. Supply to hot water heaters.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 2 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4 The plumbing equipment to include but not be limited to the following:

1. Water closets western style.

2. Sinks.

3. Janitor Sinks.

4. Expansion joints and water hammer arresters.

5. Hot water heaters.

6. Wash Basins.

5 The sanitary drainage system to include but not be limited to the following:

1 Traps, pipe and fittings.

2 Floor drains.

3 Hub drains.

4 Cleanouts.

5 Sump Pumps.

6 Connection to foul drainage network as shown on drawings.

6 The storm drainage system to include but not be limited to the following:

1 Roof drains, pipe and fittings.

2 Clean outs.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1 The manufacturer must have at least ten years of experience in the design and manufacture of
plumbing fixtures and fittings in accordance with the applicable standards.

2 Plumbing fixtures are to be from one manufacturer.

3 Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen regularly employed in the installation of
plumbing and drainage systems and site water supply and drainage services.

4 Contractor must be registered with and acceptable to the Municipality/Drainage Department.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1 Refer to applicable divisions of the specification for instructions.

2 Submittals with Tender Documents.

1 Refer to Section 15010.

3 Submit shop drawings for each piece of equipment supplied by this section including but not
limited to:

1 Plumbing fixtures and related trim.


2 Pressure reducing valves, gate valves and globe valves.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 3 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3 Backflow preventers.
4 Expansion joints and water hammer arrestor.
5 Hot water heater.
6 Sump pumps and performance data.
7 Floor drains and roof drains.
8 Float valves.
9 Manholes.
10 Level devices.
11 Calculations if asked for by the Engineer
12 Typical Installation Details
13 Schematics

1.5 PRODUCT DATA

Submit manufacturer's specifications for each type of appliance including dimensions, materials of
construction, detailed installation instructions, and electric wiring diagrams and conformance with
the related standards.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 SANITARYWARE AND ACCESSORIES

1. All exposed brass trim or plumbing fixtures shall be chromium plated where exposed piping
emerges from the wall, each line shall have a chromium plated (CP) escutcheon to cover the wall
opening.
2. Unless otherwise specified all supply fittings shall be provided with the angle valves in the supply
connections.
3. The outlet or direction of swing of all fixtures shall be checked with the plans and approved by the
Engineer before ordering the fixtures, in many cases, left side or right side fixture is indicated or
implied by the drawing. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to see that such a fixture is
supplied of correct type for the correct device.
4. The Contractor shall check the plans and furnish all fixtures shown and specified.
5. The Contractor shall install all sanitary fixtures, cartridge soap dispenser, paper towel dispenser,
towel hoke, soap holder, tissue holder …etc. and supply and installation the CP angle valve, CP
flexible pipe, waste drainage, bottle trap, ‘P’ or ‘S’ trap.
6. Eastern Water Closet (W.C):
For the details of the fixture materials and finish, refer to civil specifications.
The pan shall be of one piece construction and the flushing rim and inlet shall be self draining and
shall be so constructed to permit ready access of air to the flush pipe at the end of the flush. The
design of pan shall be such that when properly installed with 8 liters flushing system at high level
(1.7 m) it shall in one operation flush satisfactorily.
a) Trap: In UPVC “P” or “S” with or without vent as the case requires. The shell thickness
shall not be less than 5 mm, with water sealing not less than 75mm.
b) Water closet flushing system: For valve less action nominally 9 liters working capacity,
high level position together with all the necessary flush pipe. The shell and cover shall be
in Vitreous China.
The system shall be soundly constructed of first quality materials throughout and shall be
free from manufacturing faults and other defects affecting their utility. Any working parts
shall operate smoothly and efficiently. The systems shall have an efficient flushing

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 4 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

apparatus of the valve less type which prevent the waste of water. The apparatus shall be
capable of giving an immediate flush at the marked waterline and shall be so constructed
that water cannot flow down the flush pipe except while a flush being properly delivered.
The rate of discharge should not be more than 5 seconds for the high level system.
System shall be so constructed that the ball valve shall be capable of being set on
installation to close when the water reaches the marked waterline.
The system shall be supplied with overflow connection at opposite ends can be easily
modified to accommodate such variations. Overflows level should be not less than 2.5
mm above the full waterline.
The system shall be fixed at a height of 1.7 meter from floor level on two white porcelain
enameled iron brackets for screwing to the wall. The systems shall be complete with
strong galvanized iron chain and pull.
c) The flush pip shall be PVC pipe fixed outside the wall, the pipe shall be 35/42 mm
diameter.
d) Fix on wall, at 0.6 m a hose tap 13 mm diameter inlet, with a screw on the outlet for the
attachment of the coupling of a flexible hose. The body and head of taps made in brass
chromium plated comply with BS 1010, 1959 with a headwork for non-rising spindle type.

7. European water closet (W.C)


For the details of the fixture materials and finishing refer to civil specification.
a) Water closet apparatus consisting of pan ‘p’ or ‘s’ trap, made in white vitreous China,
symphonic pattern for a rapid flow of water from bowl charges the trappage and creates a
powerful symphonic action which clears the contents of the bowl.
b) Closet seat hall be in solid section plastic, of approved colour, fitted with hinged cover of
the same material as the seat. The seat should be flat on the underside, and fitted with
three solid rubber buffers to avoid damage to the pan and to reduce noise.
8. Wash Basin:
For the details of the fixture materials and finishing refer to civil specification.
The basin shall be of one piece construction, fitted with hole for waste (44mm diameter), tap holes
stud slots to receive the brackets on the underside and overflow of horizontal dimension not larger
than 63mm.
a) Bottle trap 32 mm diameter with 75 mm water seal and adjustable inlet.
b) Two brackets, white porcelain enamelled iron for screw to wall.
c) Water mixer.
Mixer to be Complete with proximity activated pillar tap by GROHETEC model 36 147
Pulsomart Surf radar controlled electronic.
Complete with proximity activated pillar tap by GROHETEC model 36 147 Pulsomart
Surf radar controlled electronic.

9. Stainless Steel Sink:


Furnish and install a complete fixture of sink in stainless, comprising:
The S.S sink shall be of the austenitic type, of a composition:
18 % chrome, 5% nickel and 8% manganese, not less than 19 SWC (1.02) thick, manufactured in
one piece with or without combined drainers, equipped with 38 mm threaded outlet, stainless
steel chain, plug and overflow.
The sink shall be provided with chain waste fitting, brass chromium plated bottle trap, 38 mm inlet,
76 mm water seal, supply fittings 20 mm with swivel nozzle, wall flanes, inlets through wall.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 5 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10 Spray hose assembly

1 Provide in each water closet cubicle, at the right side of the W.C
2 The Spray hose assembly shall be "Grohe - Germany" Model 27834 consisting of
handspray with trigger control Model 27832, wall holder 28801, metal tube 28102, angle
valve 1/2" 22958 or approved equivalent.
11 Bidet
Furnish and install coloured Vitreous China Bidet complete with trap admixer
- Type 1 - For guest rooms toilet. Similar to RAK ceramic model “Star” or equivalent model
- Type 2 – For other toilets Similar to RAK ceramic model Gloria or equivalent model

12 Cartridge Soap Dispenser

Stainless Steel, Satin finish door has Plano hinge and lock “recessed mounted” body 16 gauge
door 22 gauge , capacity up to 1500 hand washers per cartridge overall size (110 x 280 x 100 mm)

13 Paper Towel Dispenser

Recessed cabinet shall be fabricated of stainless steel of 20 gauge type 304 with 25 mm side
perimeter trim which lays flat against wall. All doors shall be provided with a tumbler lock keyed
alike, wall opening (30 x 40 x 11 ) cm approx, height 1.2 meter from bottom of unit to the floor
finish.

14 Baths tub

1. Standard: BS 4305-1
2. Size: As required
3. Material: Acrylic – 5mm thick reinforced with fibre
4. Tap/Chainstay/Overflow holes: overflow hole
5. Taps: Exposed wall mounted single lever bath and shower mixer
Complete with shower set. As specified or located.
Wastes: Combined pop up and overflow
a) Standards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3 and Also DIN Spc.
b) Size DN 40
c) Materials: Brass, chrome plated
d) Tail: Unslotted
6. Traps: Bottle
i. Standards: To BS EN 274-1, -2 and -3 and Also DIN Spc.
ii. Size: DN 40
iii. Material: Plastic
iv. Depth of seal (minimum) 50mm

2.2 HOSE BIB

Provide 12.5mm (1/2") bronze angle hose gate valve with rubber composite disc in locations
shown on the drawings & To be located as near as possible to the floor drain.

2.3 HOSE BIB MOUNTED EXTERNALLY

Provide flush wall hydrants for moderate climate application and interior wall mounting. All bronze
interior parts and non turning operating coupling, free floating compression closure valve with
12.5mm (1/2") male hose connection.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 6 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTORS

1 Provide backflow preventers between all process equipment and domestic water lines including
but not limited to:

1 Make-up to chilled water system.

2 Construction

1 Connection size to suit application.

2 Bronze body.

3 Replaceable seats.

4 Stainless steel trim.

3 Classified UL or other equal regulatory association.

2.5 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES

1 Providing pressure reducing valves where indicated on plumbing riser diagram and floor plans.

2 Pressure reducing valves shall maintain leaving pressures between 172 and 517 kPa (25 and 75
psi). PRV should be capable of maintaining the set pressure at zero-flow condition. PRV should
be selected so that the duty point is well within the permissible range of flow and pressure drop
without cavitation or unacceptable noise, otherwise, double stage PRV to be selected for this
application even if it is shown as single PRV on drawings.

Bypass Valves & lines & Pressure gauges shall be provided to Engineer’s satisfaction

3 Construction

1. Connections to be line size.

2. Bronze body up to 50mm, and CI for larger sizes.

3. Stainless steel trim.

4. Provide with strainer.

2.6 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES - DOMESTIC WATER

1. Provide downstream of each pressure-reducing valve.

2. Pressure relief valves to be set at 517 kPa (75 psi).

3. Construction

1 Threaded bronze body.

2 Stainless steel trim.

3 Tee operated handle for setting pressure.

4 Automatic reseating of Teflon disc.

5 Rubber diaphragm.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 7 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.7 DOMESTIC WATER LIFTING PUMP SET AND DISTRIBUTION BOOSTER PUMPSET

1. General

1 The pump set shall be a completely packaged factory assembled on a common structural steel
skid complete with all major components, instruments, safety devices, manifolds, stop-valves,
pre-wired control panels and field connections. The three identical pumps (two duty and one
standby) will be constructed as specified else ware coupled to a TEFC motor as specified under
section 16 for motors and controls. All mechanical components in contact with water shall be
stainless steel SS316.

2. Pumps shall be vertical multistage type to match the capacity indicated on the drawings.

3. Valves and Piping: Copper piping and headers, check valves on each pump discharge; gate
valves on each pump suction.

4. All the valves, check valves electrical component, contactors, pressure gage, pressure switch,
flexible connection, pipe accessories …etc used in the pump set assembly shall be as per the
material specifications elsewhere in this specification.

5. Transfer Pump set with Flow Higher than 80 GPM shall be provided with Soft starter

2. Construction of the Pumps

1. The pump casing shall be manufactured from cast iron. The internal and external material surface
shall be smooth and free from irregularities and casting defects. A drain cock shall be provided at
the bottom of the casing and a manual air release valve shall be fitted to the highest point on the
casing.

2. Where the pump is supplied with flanged connections, mating flanges shall be supplied bolted on
the suction and discharge flanges with a blank gasket between them to prevent the ingress of dirt.

3. Where the pump is supplied with screwed connections, unions shall be fitted to the suction and
discharge connections. A cap shall be provided on each connection to prevent the ingress of dirt.

4. Pumps constructed with split casings shall incorporate a positive means of aligning the two
sections of the casing, such as dowel pins or lugs.

5. Unit construction close coupled pumps and all horizontal spindle pumps shall be constructed so
that the impeller can be withdrawn for inspection without disconnecting the service pipe work.

6. Lifting rings shall be incorporated in the casing, adequately sized to permit lifting of the complete
pump unit, including motor and bed plate.

7. Pump casings shall be wire brushed or sand blasted, to remove rust and scale. The inner
surface shall then be greased and outer surface primed with a paint suitable for the casing
material.

8. The pump impeller shall be manufactured from bronze or stainless steel. The impeller shall be
machined to a smooth and accurate profile. All waterways shall be smooth and free from
obstruction. Ample guide surfaces shall be provided to ensure alignment.

9. The pump shaft shall be constructed from stainless steel. The impeller shall be keyed to a taper
on the shaft and retained by a HEXAGONAL NUT. Drive couplings and pulleys shall be keyed to
the shaft or retained by proprietary clamping devices designed to minimize stress and vibration.

10. The impeller and shaft assembly are to be dynamically balanced as a complete unit. All rotating
elements shall be in static, dynamic and hydraulic balance.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 8 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

11. The critical speed of the shaft assembly shall be substantially higher than the operating speed of
the shaft. Changes in shaft diameter shall incorporate rounded shoulders to reduce stress
concentration at these points.

12. The pump bearings shall be designed to absorb any axial thrust forces produced by the impeller
to ensure that axial forces are not transmitted to the drive couplings.

13. Bearings shall be either bush type with oiling ring and reservoir, bush type with oil impregnated
material, or ball or roller bearings with oil or grease lubrication. Oil reservoirs shall be fitted with
content indicator and drain plug. Greased bearings shall have grease nipples, or screw down
auto lubricators provided in accessible positions.

14. Mechanical seals between the stationary and moving parts of the pump shall be selected to suit
the pump operating temperature, pressure and rotational speed, and shall be chemically
compatible with the liquid and materials in the system.

15. Where packed glands are provided, the stuffing boxes shall be of split construction to facilitate
easy removal. The studs holding the stuffing boxes in position shall be fitted with self-locking
nuts.

16. Liquid passing through packed glands is to be drained from the pump to an open lundish near the
pump base.

17. An approved pattern of resilient drive couplings shall be installed between the prime mover and
the pump shaft. The couplings shall be designed to absorb stresses caused by minor
misalignment of the motor and pump shafts and to minimize the transfer of vibration.

18. The couplings shall be capable of being disconnected easily to facilitate dismantling for pump or
motor overhaul.

3. Booster pumps Control panels:

The control panel shall incorporate all starters, pilot lights, fuses and circuit breakers, relays and
automatic change over equipment to automatically start the standby pump on failure of the
selected duty pump. A selector switch to allow pump to operate as duty pumps shall be fitted. An
interlocked handle shall isolate the panel when the door is opened. Cyclic changeover facility shall
also be provided. The panel protection to be at least IP65. the panel to be with the following:

- Panel mounted disconnect, door interlocked.


- Circuit breaker and earth leakage breaker for each pump.
- Starter with overload protection.
- Pressure transducer demand sensing.
- Selector switches (H.O.A) for each pump.
- 24 Volt control transformer.
- Two Float switches connected in series for low water level shut down for dry run
protection.
- Pressure gauges for suction and discharge.
- Minimum run time relays.
- Pump duty rotation for equalized run time.
- Pilot lights for power on, lead pump failure alarm, low suction pressure.
- Auxiliary contact to alarm system low pressure at Building Management System.
- Hours Run Meter (One per pump)
- Provide a lockable disconnect switch mounted adjacent to each pump.
- Refer to the requirements of section 16800 for control panels minimum requirements.

4. Booster pump Operation

1. Pressure on the discharge head will be sensed through pressure switch. When header
pressure falls below the set point. The Controller shall start the duty pump to maintain the
pressure at the set point.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 9 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. One pump will be sufficient to take full design load. The stand by pump will start immediately if
one of the duty pumps fail / trip or on the dictated of the equalized run time timer.

3. All pumps to shut off on low water level.

4. Hydraulic accumulator (pressure vessel) of pressed welded steel sheet construction shall be
provided with renewable flexible impermeable diaphragm membrane with rating for a working
pressure, initial charge pressure, and an acceptance volume as shown on equipment
schedule, to be verified by the contractor.

5. Lag pump to have running period timers (RPT) incorporated in their panels & should have
cyclic changeover of duty for each pump.

6. Pump capacities as indicated on pump schedule.

7. All pumps shall be provided with temperature relief facility for protection against overheating.

8. Booster pump set to be suitable for 380 Volt, 3 Phase 50 Hz power supply and 220V, 1
Phase, 50 Hz control.

5. Water lifting pumps Control panels:

Prewired with the following: (Also refer to electrical specification)

- IP54 General purpose enclosure.


- Panel mounted disconnect, door interlocked.
- Circuit breaker and earth leakage breaker for each pump.
- Selector switches (H.O.A) for each pump.
- 24 Volt control transformer.
- Two Float switches connected in series for low level water in the under ground water tank
to shut down for dry run protection.
- Two Float switches connected in series for high water level in the over head water tank to
shut down for tank full.
- Pressure gauges for suction and discharge.
- Minimum run time relays.
- Pump duty rotation for equalized run time.
- Pilot lights for power on, lead pump failure alarm, low suction pressure.
- Hours Run Meter (One per pump)
- Provide a lockable disconnect switch mounted adjacent to each pump.
- Refer to the requirements of section 16 for control panels minimum requirements.

6. Water lifting pumps operation

1. Refer to sequence of operation on the drawings

2. All pumps to shut off on low water level in the under ground water tank .

3. Lag pump to have running period timers (RPT) incorporated in their panels & should have
cyclic changeover of duty for each pump.

4. Pump capacities as indicated on pump schedule.

5. All pumps shall be provided with temperature relief facility for protection against
overheating.

6. Pump set to be suitable for 380 Volt, 3 Phase 50 Hz power supply and 220V, 1 Phase, 50
Hz control.

7. The following indications to be displayed at the control panel:-

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 10 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1. Pump 1 status.

2. Pump 2 status.

3. Pump 1 trip alarm.

4. Pump 2 trip alarm.

5. Auto/Manual/Off switch status

8. Common Fault Alarm.

2.8 FLOAT VALVES

1. Provide modulating pivoted controlled float valve in each of the water reservoirs.

2. Construction:

1. Bronze body to BS1212 Part 1 Size 50mm (2").

2. Brass fulcrum minimum 736mm (29" long).

3. Brass piston with 'O' ring seal.

4. Threaded end with lock nuts to BS2779.

5. Removable phosphor bronze seats.

6. Pressure rating 200 psi.

7. Minimum 150mm copper float to BS 1968.

3. Float valve to be equal to Peglers Model No.857-PB.

2.9 PIPING

1. General

1.1 Water distribution pipes exposed on the roof to be insulated, insulation thickness to be 25mm up
to 40mm inner diameter and 50mm for pipe sizes above 40mm inner diameter and finished with 8
0Z canvas cloth and 2 coats foster and cladded with 0.7.mm thick aluminium.

1.2 Pipes and fittings manufacturer to give 50 years of warranty for the materials against
manufacturing defects.

1.3 Sizes of the pipes to be as per the drawing.

1.4 Contractor to follow the installation techniques recommended by manufacturer to compensate the
liner expansion caused by temperature difference between operating temperature and installation
temperature.

1.5 The pressure rating of the pipes and fittings located in typical floors / occupied areas to be
PN20.

1.6 The brass component of the fittings shall be made of dezincification resistant brass (DZR brass).

1.7 The pressure rating of the pipes and fittings located in roof, Mechanical floors & risers to be
PN25 with aluminum or faser composite laser.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 11 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2 Distribution cold and hot water pipes.

2.1 The raw materials shall be 100% pure polypropylene random copolymer type 3.

2.2 All fittings and accessories shall be from the same pipe manufacturer and the metal parts to be
DZR brass.

2.3 The materials shall be complied with the following standards: DIN 8077, DIN 8078, DIN 16962,
DIN8076, DIN1988 or equivalent.

2.4 The welding and installation to be executed strictly as per manufacturer recommendations using
the welding machine from the same materials supplier.

2.5 The materials shall have DVGW (German technical and scientific association for gas and water)
approval certificate for using them for drinking water.

2.6 Cold water pipes running on the roof, basement, shafts and the main risers shall be polypropylene
(PPR) with aluminium or faser composite laser in the piper construction to reduce its thermal
elongation.

3. droppers to the water outlets cold and hot water pipes.

3.2 Cold and hot water pipes dropping from the ring pipe in the toilet, kitchen…etc to the water outlets
shall be made of cross linked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured according to DIN16892,
DIN16893 or equivalent.

3.3 The PEX pipes to be installed by technique of pipe in pipe using corrugated flexible conduits as
per manufacturer recommendations and to be from the same manufacturer of PEX pipes.

3.4 The connection fitting to be made of dezincification resistant brass (DZR brass) and to be from
the same manufacturer of the PEX pipes.

4. Main pump headers and risers from water lifting pump to over head water tank:

Seamless stainless steel 316 with press-fittings equal to “mapress” system for 25/16 bar pressure.

2.10 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER

1. Water heaters shall be unvented type units suitable for use with a pressurized domestic water
supply system (closed system).

A safety inlet unit shall be fitted to the cold feed of the water heater. This unit shall comprise a
safety pressure release valve, pre-set according to allowed working pressure, a non-return valve
as back flow preventer of expanding water into the cold water supply and a stop valve. The inner
container shall allow for high water (mains) pressure of 7 bar, tested to 16 bar, working pressure
of 8 bar.

2 Construction requirements

1. Water heaters shall be thermal-storage electric pressure type glass lined to the latest
industry standards

2. The unit shall include bottom located inlet and outlet pipes and arranged in such a way
that the inner container will not be permitted being emptied of water under any condition,
except through a drain connection. A drain connection shall be provided to a drain valve
and extended nipple for hose connection.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 12 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. The inner container shall be suitable for normal working pressure of 7 bar. The working
and test pressures shall be guaranteed and approved by an official testing authority, test
certificates of which should be submitted.

4. The outer container shall be zinc plated sheet steel or equivalent alternative finished by a
heat and moisture resistance coating.

5. Insulation between inner and outer container shall be CFC-free, flame retarding pur-foam
of minimum 32mm thickness, according to ISO Standard 3582.

6. The heating assembly shall consist of heating elements, by user adjustable capillary type
thermostat of 20 amps minimum rating for temperature regulation from 32 – 85°C and an
additional safety temperature limiter for protecting the water heater against overheating.
The safety temperature limiter shall disconnect the water heater from the electricity supply
in the event of water temperature exceeding 90°C. It shall be failsafe and manually
resettable by the user.

7. The heating elements shall be of the removable core type with nichrome resisting wire
spirally bound in ceramic formers and inserted in tubular copper sheaths.

8. Water heaters to be supplied complete with factory fitted temperature gauge 30-60-90
deg C, a pilot lamp, ON/OFF indicator and a temperature control knob. All to be visible
and accessible from the front of the unit.

2.11 VALVES

1. General

1. Valve types to be of same manufacture

2. Figure numbers are given to define the quality of valve required.

3. Provide sizes as indicated on drawings and connections which properly mate with
pipe, tube and equipment connections. Where more than one type is specified
the selection is optional to the Contractor.

4. Valves shall bear the BSI Kite mark or equivalent. Valves for use in domestic
water service shall be WRC approved.

2. Valve ends, except as noted to be as follows:

1. Socket ends: Valves 50mm (2") and smaller in solvent weld PVC and PPR
piping.

2. Flanged ends: All other valves.

4. Packing:
Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with
packing suitable for intended service. Select valves designed so that back seating
protects packing and stem threads from fluid when valve is fully opened, and equipped
with gland follower.

4. Gate valves:

1. Upto 50mm (2")

Bronze, rising stem / union bonnet, or non-rising stem / threaded bonnet with open/close
indicator. One piece wedge, BS21 taper thread, to BS 5154 PN32 Series B.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 13 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. 65mm (2.1/2") and above

Cast iron body, outside screw / rising stem, or inside screw / non rising stem with
open/close indicator, flanged to BS 4504 PN25 / PN16, zinc free, bronze trim.

5. Swing and Lift Check Valves

1. Access to Elements

1. To 50mm except as noted: bronze screwed caps or bonnet.

2. 65mm and larger: cast iron bolted cover. flanged to BS 4504 PN16.

6. Strainer (All strainers shall be "Y" type)

1. Up to 50mm

Bronze body, stainless steel screen with 0.75mm diameter perforations. Screwed
cap, ends threaded internal to BS21, complete with two test points and plugs.
Equal to Newman Hattersley Fig. 807.

2. 65mm and above

Cast iron body with bolted cover complete with two test points and plugs,
stainless steel screen. For sizes upto 200mm, the perforations of the screen to be
1.6mm and 250mm and above, the perforations dia to be 1.75mm. With two test
points and plugs Equal to Newman Hattersley Fig. 910PN16-D.

7. Silent pump discharge check valves:

1. Spring loaded, globe type, flanged:

1. To 2500 kPa: Iron body, bronze trim.

2. Equal to Williams-Hager Fig. 636.

8. Ball Valves:

1. Sizes 12mm (1/2") to 63mm (2 1/2").

2. PVC body with screwed union ends.

3. PVC ball.

4. EPDM seals and Teflon ball seats.

5. Equal to Chemline CTU series.

9. Expansion Joints:

1. Suitable for pressure

2. Pack less type: 75mm (3") and larger.

1. Single expansion bellow.

2. Semi-equalizing with reinforcing rings.

3. Internal sleeve.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 14 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4. Flanged ends.

5. Limit stops.

6. Corrugated expansion element:

1. Hydraulically formed.

2. Stainless steel.

7. Equal to Adsco Corruflex.

3. Pack less type: Up to 65mm (2 1/2").

1. Multiple stainless steel bellows.

2. Flanged or union ends.

3. Internally guided.

4. Anti-torque device.

5. Equal to Adsco High Pressure Compensator.

10. Escutcheons: Single Piece

1. Stamped sheet metal:

1. Satin finish chromium plating over copper.

2. Deep type to cover projecting sleeves.

2. Flush fit:

1. Bare pipe: Set screws.

2. Covered pipe: Internal spring.

11. Automatic Air Vents

1. Cast iron body threaded.

2. Stainless steel and non ferrous internals.

3. Float type air release valve.

4. Female pipe thread connection.

5. Provide suitable ball or gate valve with each automatic air vent.

6. For pressures up to 1034 kPa (150 psig) use Sarco Type 13W or approved equal.

12. Foot Valves (All Water Applications)

Foot valves shall be of two pieces bronze construction housing with screwed or
flanged connections and be of the same diameter at the main suction line.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 15 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.12 HYDRO-PNEUMATIC PRESSURE VESSELS.

Vessels shall be rated at 120% of the maximum system pressure at the point of connection and
be tested at 150% of the actual rating.

Vessel shall be in mild steel, shot blasted to SA2½ and treated with a 300 micron epoxy powder
coating after all fabrication/machining processes.

The vessel shall be sized and contain a durable rubber membrane to limit the number of starts to
10 per hour for any one of the main pumps in a system.

The vessels shall be complete with all necessary mounting feet pre-drilled ready for fixing on a
plinth subject to Engineer’s approval.

2.13 HANGERS AND RISER SUPPORTS

1. General

1. Support, anchor and guide all piping to preclude failure or deformation. Construct and
install hangers, supports, anchors, guides and accessories to the approval of the
Engineer. Do not use wire, tape of metal bands. Supports shall be designed to support
weight of pipe, weight of fluid and weight of pipe insulation.

2. Fasten piping securely to the structure without overstressing any portion of the structure
itself. Secure pipe supports, anchors and guides to concrete by means of inserts of if
greater load carrying capacity is required by means of steel fishplate embedded in the
concrete.

3. Arrange hanger to prevent transmission of vibration from piping to building and supports,
submit proposal for the approval of the Engineer.

4. Furnish pipe hangers and supports complete with rods, bolts, lock, nuts, swivels,
couplings, brackets and all other components and accessories, to allow installation
to freely expand and contract.

5. Hangers spacing: Piping in a plumbing system shall be installed without undue strains
and stresses and provision shall be made for expansion, contraction, structural settlement
and water hammers.

6. Supports, clamps and hangers shall be made of galvanized steel. Cutting and
pinning of fixings will not be permitted.

7. Provide GI bracket sheet side trimmed below insulated pipe where supported.

2. Provide pipe hangers for pipe sizes upto and including (2 "). For pipe sizes (2 ½”) and over,
provide adjustable Clevis type. Use rod sizes as recommended by the manufacturer.

3. Provide oversized hangers to pass over insulation on all insulated piping. Refer to the Contract
Documents.

4. Riser supports: Provide anchors and supports, complete with expansion joint etc. where shown,
or indicated on the riser diagrams. Refer to the Contract Documents for anchor and support
requirements.
5. Fasteners:
1.Expansion cases and concrete fasteners: Equal to Carpenter and Paterson'STAR
SLUGIN" SERIES 6800-1.

2. Drill concrete to receive required expansion cases of concrete fasteners.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 16 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Install in shear only, not in tension.

4. Fasteners to be Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, or equal British Regulatory


Body.
6. The following table will determine the spacing between support points for all piping on this
installation.
Nominal Plastic
Pipe Size PVC/PPR
mm in m ft

12 (.5) 1.50 (5)


20 (.75) 1.83 (6)
25 (1) 2.13 (7)
32 (1.25) 2.44 (8)
38 (1.5) 2.74 (9)
50 (2 ) 3.05 (10)
64 (2.5) 3.35 (11)
76 (3 ) 3.66 (12)
100 (4 ) 4.57 (15)
150 (6 ) 5.18 (17)
200 (8 ) 5.79 (19)
250 (10 ) 6.70 (22)

2.14 GAUGES

1. Pressure Gauges

1. Case: 110mm (4 1/2") size black fiberglass reinforced polypropylene or stainless


steel.

2. Liquid Fill: Glycerin.

3. Dial: White background with jet black embossed figures and graduations.

4. Window: Acrylic plastic with "O" ring seal for weather proof service.

5. Movements: Brass with bronze bushings.

6. Bourdon Tube: Phosphor bronze.

7. Safety: Blow out back.

8. Diaphragm Seal: For temperature compensation.

9. Socket: Brass 50mm (1/2") N.P.T.

10. Ranges:

0 - 2500 kPa
0 - 1600 kPa
0 - 700 kPa
0 – 350 kPa

11. Accuracy: + 1/2% of range.

2. Gauge Accessories:

1. Pressure snubbers: Porous bronze coil and brass body.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 17 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Gauge cock: Brass, 'T' handle, union connection, 1/4".

2.15 PUDDLE FLANGES

1. Where pipe work passes through the external walls of the buildings or trenches below ground
level, the Contractor shall supply and cast or build puddle flanges into the structure.

2. Puddle flanges are to be manufactured from the same material as the pipe work of which they
form a part.

3. Each puddle flange shall comprise a length of pipe, flanged or screwed at each end according to
diameter with an undrilled slip-on puddle welded on the outside at a point where it will be located
mid-way in the thickness of the wall. The puddle flange is to be painted externally with two coats
of bituminous paint before being casted into the structure.

2.16 G.R.P. DOMESTIC STORAGE TANK

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. This section covers for the supply, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning and
leaving in complete working order water storage tanks, as indicated on the Contract
Drawings.

2. The tanks shall be glass reinforced plastic construction hot press insulated (sides & top)
and not less than 8 mm Panel thickness .

3. Each tank shall be provided with a heavy duty cover formed from standard panels and
complete with manholes and vent.

4. The termination of vent pipes into tanks shall permit easy removal of the covers.

5. Tanks shall be of the type and capacity shown in the schedules or drawings.

6. Jointing materials shall be suitable for the liquid to be stored. In the case of domestic water,
jointing materials shall be of a non-toxic nature.

7. All facilities for pipe connections shall be made at the manufacturer's works. Pipe
connections for up to 50mm nominal bore pipe work shall be BSP screwed sockets. Pipe
connections for pipe work 65mm nominal bore and above shall be studded pads suitable to
receive counter flanges to BS. 10.

8. All tank covers shall be provided with purpose made manholes of a minimum diameter of
458mm with hinged or bolted lids. Where tanks are provided with internal ladders separate
manholes shall be provided to the ladder and to the ball float valve or float switch. Tanks with
no internal ladder shall be provided with one manhole positioned to allow access both to the
tank interior and to the ball float valve.

9. Tank cover(s) shall also be provided with cowls to adequately ventilate the interior.

10. Tanks 2000mm deep and over shall be provided with internal GRP and external galvanized
steel access ladders suitably protected against corrosion and bolted to the tank walls. In
elevated positions external tank ladders shall be fitted with safety hoops.

11. Each tank inlet shall be provided with a suitable and approved arrangement for shutting off
water supply once tank is filled, this may be by mechanical, electrical or combination of the
two methods.

12. Overflow pipes shall one size larger than tank inlet. Overflow pipes shall be run to discharge
outside the building via floor galley to the nearest manhole.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 18 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

13. Vent cowls and overflows shall be fitted with a suitable gauze screen to prevent insects and
vermin from entering the tank.

14. The tanks shall be sectional pattern, glass reinforced plastic manufactured by the hot press
molded process, constructed with plain diaphragm panels 1m square.

15. Tanks to have heavy duty covers with hinged ventilated cover. Jointing of panels to be with
flexible sealing strip and stainless steel bolts. External support of tanks in excess of 1.84m
deep shall be formed from rolled I section steel members to BS. 4, Part 1, 1972, hot dipped
galvanized to BS. 729: 1971. The design of the corsetry is to comply with BS. 449, Part 1:
1970.

16. All tanks shall be assembled on the supporting bases in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, using torque wrenches to prevent damage to the sections due to over-tightening
of nuts and bolts.

17. Detailed construction drawings of all tanks shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval
prior to manufacture.

18. The Contractor shall provide and install a layer of bituminous felt for insertion between the
tank and its bearers.

19. All metallic parts in continuous contact with water shall be of stainless steel.

20. All tanks operating at atmospheric pressure shall be tested under "tank full" conditions for
tightness and structural soundness.

21. All cold water tanks shall be subject to a standing leak test for twenty four hours, during which
time all joints shall be carefully examined. Any defects shall be rectified immediately and the
test repeated.

2. PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS

The Contractor shall supply and assemble at Site sectional water tank of hot pressed moulded
GRP insulated panels (Glass Reinforced Plastic) of ivory or gray color provide with lockable
manhole cover air vent with overflow and all piping connections. The panels shall comply with BS
7491: Part 3: 1994 and shall have convex shape to assist a complete draining of the water.

The tank shall have the following characteristics:

(a) Specific gravity of 1.8

(b) Tensile strength of not less than 850 kg/cm2

(c) Flexural strength of 1800 kg/cm2 to ISO 178.

(d) Impact strength of 80 kg/cm2 to ISO 179

(e) Thermal expansion of 2.1 x 10-5 deg. C to ATM D 696.

(f) Thermal conductivity of 0.6 W/m2 C to BS 7491: Part 3.

(g) Water absorption less than 0.2% to ISO 62.

(h) Glass content more than 30%

(i) No light transmission

(j) Gasket of synthetic rubber

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 19 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

(k) Bolts and nuts of stainless.

(l) Frame angles and frame plates of hot dipped galvanized steel.

(m) External ladder of hot dipped galvanized steel.

(n) Internal ladder of GRP or S.S. according to Manufacturer's standards.

(o) Tie rods of stainless steel

(p) G.R.P. panel thick not less than 8mm

(q) Resin cover of 2mm

(r) Glass tube level indicator for all compartments.

2.17 PIPE INSULATION

1. All the pipes running on the roof floor or exposed to direct sun shall be insulated with closed cell
elastomeric insulation of 20mm thickness, with Canvas cloth, Adhesive & vapor barrier and cladded
with aluminium sheets 0.7 mm
.

2.18 SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENTS

1. General

1.1 The mechanical services for the swimming pool to be provided as per the drawing and the
requirements of authority have jurisdiction. The architectural items to be as per engineer and
Owner approval.

1.2 The installation to be strictly as per manufacturer recommendations.

1.3 All filtration, sterilization, and chemical treatment equipment together with all the accessories of
the swimming pool such as inlet fittings, vacuum fittings, skimmers, main drains, etc. shall be as
per the list of the manufacturer.

1.4 The contractor shall submit a written certificate, which guarantees the physical and chemical
quality of the water.

1.5 At all times the water of the Pool should be crystal clear free from harmful bacteria pale blue in
color and of sparkling appearance and shall meet the authority requirement interim of
“Bacteriological Analysis and / or any other analysis required by Authorities.

1.6 At any moment, the residual free chlorine content, the total alkalinity and the water PH value
to be maintained at the levels required by authority having jurisdiction or the applicable
standard.

1.7 The contractor shall maintain repair, or replace, free of charge, any equipment which would be
defective or badly installed, during a period of twelve months after the final reception by the
Engineer.

1.8 A manufacturer’s guarantee shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractor. This
guarantee shall not release, in any case, the Contractor from direct responsibility.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 20 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. General Description of the works

Swimming pool system shall consist of filters, recirculation pumps, chemical feeders, water lights,
skimmer system, vacuum cleaner, cleaning tools and all interconnecting piping and accessories
needed for satisfactory operation as show on the drawings.

2.1 Filter (Fiber Glass)


The filter shall be of the pressure high flow rate, super sand filter type

Each filter shall have capacity indicated in the drawings and / or specified in the schedule of
equipment at a filter and backwash rate of 40 – 53 m3 / Hr / m2 of filter area.

Tank shall be made of heavy-duty fiberglass of seamless composite construction having a


vertical cylindrical shape with dished and flanged heads suitable for a working pressure of 20
psi. and tested at 30 psi. All pipe connections to the tank shall be flanged except for pipe sizes
1 ½” (40mm) and smaller which shall be screwed. Tank shall have a manhole complete with
cover gasket bolt and yoke located on the top.

Tank shall have a baffle to promote even distribution of effluent over the filter bed, and shall
be equipped with a suitable under drain. The effluent header and laterals shall be of corrosion-
resistant pipe with orifices directed downwards. Tank supports shall be of the non-corrosion
material.

Filter media shall consist of sand, gravel and rocks layers. Sand shall be of hard durable
grains of uniformly graded silica sand free from foreign materials, limestone and clay. Sand
shall be 0.39mm effective size with uniformity co—efficient of 1.2 to 1.4. Gravel and rock shall
consist of clean, hard, rounded stones with an average specific gravity of not less than 2.5 and
should be free from shale, mica clay and other impurities.

A multiport valve can be used for backwashing.

2.2 One chemical feeder system.

The feeder shall be complete with two translucent polyethylene chemical storage tanks
each having a minimum capacity as specified on the Drawings. Tank shall have a
moulded fibreglass cover of recesses for the mounting and installation of pump, agitator,
motor and liquid level switch assembles. Tank shall have clearly marked 5 gallon (20 lit)
graduations.

2.3 One hypo chlorinator consisting of:


- Diaphragm drive feeder of Teflon construction

- Two translucent polyethylene storage tanks, one for chlorine granules injecting
solution, with a minimum capacity and another one of 100 lts. capacity for solution
preparation of acid granules.

Tank shall have a moulded fibreglass cover of recesses for the mounting and
installation of feeder, agitator, motor, and liquid level switch assemblies.

- Tank shall have clearly mark 5 gallons (20 lts) graduations.


- Connecting PVC valves and fittings and polyethylene tubing

3. The capacity of the feeders shall be recommended by the manufacturer and shall
maintain the specified chlorine residue.

2.4 PUMPS (NON - CORROSIVE CASING)

Supply and install wherever shown in the Drawings pool recirculation pumps of capacities as
indicated on the Drawings. Each pump shall be of the self priming type, directly coupled to a

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 21 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

drip proof electric induction motor, and both mounted as per manufacturer recommendations.
The casing of the pump shall be of good quality Plastic with renewable wear rings. Pump shall
have mechanical shaft seal for circulation operation. Each pump shall be complete with basket
type strainer and gate valve inlet, check valve and globe valve at outlet.

This pump shall be used for vacuum cleaning of the pool also.

2-5 Pool Accessories

1. Ladders

Each ladder shall be heavy duty made of corrosion resistant stainless steel with slip
proof treads and stainless steel escutcheons and wedge anchors. Dimensions of
ladder shall be shown on the Drawings.

2. Gutter Drains

Each gutter drain shall be White ABS rectangular angel with outlet removable. Pipe
connection shall be 1 ½” (40mm)

3. Inlet Fittings

1-1/2” pipe connection, Each fitting shall be of WHITE abs.

4. Vacuum Fittings

1-1/2” pipe connection, Each fitting shall be of WHITE abs common plated plug and
shall have female threads to receive vacuum hose connector.

5. Main Floor Drains

2” pipe connection, Each fitting shall be of WHITE abs Main drain shall be constructed
at bottom on pool

6. Vacuum Hose

Each hose shall be diameter 1 ½” (40mm), deluxe heavy duty, made of light weight
floating plastic without wire, 40 ft. (12 m) long. It shall be complete with hose-to-wall
fitting of solid aluminum construction to connect hose to vacuum outlet. Hose shall
have moulded rubber cuff at each end.

7. Vacuum Cleaner

Vacuum cleaner shall be white anodized aluminum construction with 18” (460mm)
curved head suitable for diameter 1 ½” (40mm) hose complete with hose adaptor and
anodized telescoping aluminum handle 15ft (4.5m) long.

8. Wall Brush

Wall brush shall be 18” (460mm) wide high quality with curved ends and nylon
bristles, complete with holder to be used with the same handle s of the vacuum
cleaner.

9. Leaf Skimmer

Leaf skimmer shall be extra tough, lightweight plastic frame and a deep basket
(replaceable) fiberglass screen.

10. Test Kit


One kit for testing the following: Total chlorine residue, PH, Alkalinity and Calcium

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 22 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

hardness

2.6 Underwater Wet niche Light

Underwater light shall be rated as shown on the drawings. Housing (niche) shall be of
WHITE abs construction. The lens shall be secured to the housing by means of a face
ring and a brass back up ring, the seal shall be affected by means of a neoprene
gasket. An approved submersible flexible cord of adequate length shall be provided
between light and deck box.

Deck electric boxes shall be made of white ABS material with grounding lugs. Electric
conduits between deck boxes and light housing shall be PVC. Deck box shall be filled
with an approved potting compound to prevent collection of moisture in the box.

2.7 Electric Control Panel

Electrical control panel shall be of sheet steel digressed and phosphate coated, semi-
matt epoxy/polyester powder coated and cured. Panel shall be factory built and pre-
wired with IP 55 degree of protection.

Panel should be complete with main isolating switch, circuit breakers, contactors,
thermal overloads, start/stops buttons, run and trip lights, safety interlocked circuits,
identification labels, integral alarm unit and remote alarm output.

2.8 Pool Heat Pump cooler/heater

Supply and install wherever shown on the Drawings pool heat pump chiller of
capacities indicated thereon. Chiller shall be eclectically operated, suitable for
operating at an ambient temperature of 30 degrees C summer and 28 degrees C
winter. The pump shall operate on the high efficiency heat pump principle and shall
be complete with:
- Fully automatic reversing valve
- Two stage thermostat
- Refrigeration system
- Heat exchange, on the pool water side to be cupronickel and on the air side to
be polyester coated aluminum fins.
- High efficiency compressors, suitable for heat pump application.
- Electronic controls for automatic operation to maintain the pool water
temperature.
- Limit and overload devices

2.19 ELECTRIC HAND DRYER

Dryer shall be surface mounted one piece stamped stainless steel cover. The stainless steel
cover shall be 18 gauge (1.3 mm). The stainless steel cover shall have satin or bright finish.
The surface mounted dryer shall not protrude more than 4” (102 mm) from the wall and shall
comply with ADAAG requirements. The motor shall be ¼ HP 7500 RPM dual shaft brush type.
The dryer shall have two blower housings , two fans and two totally enclosed heating
elements. The unit shall send 183 cubic feet per minute of warm air through two directional
tamper – resistant air exits and be protected by automatic resetting thermal protection device.
The unit shall have hand-free automatic stop/start infrared circuitry and self adjusting time and
safe “off” protection, 240 V , 50 Hz size (25 x 35 x 10) cm , colour shall be approved by
engineer.

2.20 BALANCING VALVES (DOUBLE REGULATING)

Supply and install balancing valves with provision for connecting a portable differential
pressure meter. Each meter connection shall have pressure temperature read out ports.
Valves shall be of the Y – pattern style design, valves shall be suitable for installation in any
direction without affecting flow measurements.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 23 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

All valves up to 2” (50 mm) shall be of copper alloy with NPT connection. Valves of 2 ½” (65
mm) and above shall have flanged type cast iron body with all ,metal parts of non-ferrous
copper alloy.

Each valve shall provide precise flow measurement, precision flow balancing and positive
shut-off with no drip seat and Teflon disc connection with protection cap.

Each valve shall have multi-adjustments of hand wheel for maximum setting with hidden
memory feature to program the valve with precision tamper proof balancing setting. Number of
turn shall be 4 for valve up to 2” , 8 between 2 ½” and 6”, 12 for 8” and 10” and 16 for 12”.

Valves shall be supplied with polyethylene container that doubles the insulation after valve is
installed.

One set of computerized balancing treatment shall be supplied with the valves. The
instruments shall be read out meter, programmed with the valve curves and with a conversion
formula for Cv to read the flow in gpm directly. The instruments shall also be provided with
temperature measurement probe.

A chucking device shall be hold the valve disconnect firmly and a built – in flat seal shall give it
maximum tightness.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY

1. Piping

1. Free of traps.

2. Slope and valve for complete control and drainage of system with drain cocks at
low points and base of valved riser.

2. For Equipment supplied with below rim water supply connections, which may not meet
local requirements:

1. Provide vacuum breakers and/or check valves, to code requirements.

3. Connections to Equipment

1. Flanges or unions.

4. Brass or Copper Piping Connecting to Galvanised Piping

1. Provide dielectric fittings, or flanges.

5 Disinfection

1 Disinfect, in the presence of the Employer and the Engineer, underground water mains
after installation and test in accordance with requirements of Water and Electricity
Department/ Ministry of Electricity & Water/Municipality.

2. Disinfect interior potable water distribution system in accordance with requirements of


Authorities having jurisdiction. Where no prescribed method exists, provide the
following procedure:

1. After system is flushed, fill with either 50ppm chlorine water solution and
let stand for 24 hours, or 200 ppm chlorine water solution and let stand

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 24 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

for 3 hours.
2. Flush system with clean potable water until no excess chlorine remains in
system.

3. Repeat procedure if contamination still persists after further test.

3. Disinfect water storage tanks for potable water in accordance with AWWA standard
or the requirements of listed Authorities. Where no prescribed method exists,
provide the following procedure:

1.Spray walls, floor, stanchions, underside of top with a 200 ppm chlorine
solution.

2. Fill tank with a 10 ppm chlorine water solution and let stand for two hours.

3. Drain tank completely before refilling with clean potable water.

6. Tests

1. Hydrostatic pressure at Base of System (1.5 times working pressure).

2. Maximum prevailing city water mains but no less than 350 Kpa (50 Psig).

3. Booster pump discharge to regulating valves.

4. After pressure regulating valves.

3.2 PLUMBING FIXTURES

1. Connect up following equipment provided and/or specified under other sections.

1. Provide water supply fixtures with stop valves.

2. Make-up to Chilled Water System.

3. Water supply points complete with stop cocks to all kitchen equipment locations.

2. During course of construction:

1. Cover exposed fittings with Vaseline and burlap.

2. Cover fixtures with protection housings.

3. Uncover and thoroughly clean fixtures and fittings when directed.

4. Install fixtures in perfect condition, at completion of job if fixtures are not in perfect
condition they shall be replaced by Contractor without additional cost. Fixture
carrier base plates or feet; lag to slab with lead expansion shields and bolts in all
bolt holes.

5. Install all fixtures, drains, cleanouts, etc; as per manufacturer's requirements.

6. Connect fixtures, complete with supplies and drains, separately trapped with deep
seal traps, supported level and square. Provide chrome plated piping for all
exposed water supply, waste and vent connections complete with C.P.
escutcheons.

7. Provide supports, required to set fixtures square and level.

8. Fixtures mounted on glazed tile surfaces: Provide ground faces to finished

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 25 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

surfaces.

9. Pipe both hot and cold water connections of lavatories and sinks to the cold water
supply except where hot water provision is required to conform with the contract
documents.

10. Install water hammer arresters for each fixture or group of fixtures.

3.3 SUPPORT AND FIXING

1. The Contractor shall lay out all pipes and fittings and check alignment, internal matching of joints,
gradients and verticals before jointing and securing in position. The minimum clearance between
any pipe and the structure shall be 32mm after insulation has been applied.

2. All reducers shall be eccentric with the taper at:

1. Invert on horizontal pipes to give constant soffit level.

2. The front on vertical pipes to give constant distance between walls and pipes.

3.4 INSPECTION AND TESTING

1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the time at which all tests are to be held and shall
provide all the materials, labour and equipment required for testing. Upon completion of the tests,
copies of the complete records shall be given to the Engineer for his retention in accordance with
applicable divisions of the specifications.

2. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of the pipe work under test and he shall be responsible for
the pipe work and ancillary works during the test and shall replace or repair as directed by the
Engineer, any pipe or fitting which in the opinion of the Engineer has failed to withstand the test.

3.5 EQUIPMENT

1. Faucets

1. Contractor shall test operate each faucet for water pressure, flow, and leakage.

2. If pressure is excessive pressure regulating valve to be adjusted


accordingly.

2. Booster Pump

1. Run booster pump to ascertain available pressure at highest point in the building with
maximum flow from all pumps operating.

2. Check Pump Alternator

3. Hot Water Heater

1. Check hot water heater operations.

2. Drain water from tank and verify recovery time for full supply of cold water.

4. Water Closets

1. Flush each water closet to ensure correct and complete flushing action.

2. Check tank fill level.

3. Check for leaks at tank and floor plate of water closet.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 26 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. Water Tanks.

1. Check level controls and ball float valve for correct operation.

6. Electrical

1. Test in accordance with applicable sections.

3.6 CLEAN-UP

1. Leave systems operating with work areas clean to satisfaction of Engineer.

3.7 DOMESTIC WATER METER

1. Coordinate with the Municipality/Ministry of Electricity and Water and/or local water and electricity
department and bear all costs in providing water meters valves and any special requirements by
the authority having jurisdiction.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15200 – Plumbing Page 27 of 27


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Description
1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurances
1.4 Submittals
1.5 Related Work Specified Elsewhere
1.6 Description of Systems
1.7 Valve Tags and Identification Labels

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials, Equipment, Valves and Devices


2.2 Standpipe and sprinkler Packaged Fire Pump set
2.3 Standpipe and sprinkler Packaged Fire Pump set Test
2.4 Pressure Switches and Flow Switches
2.5 Pressure Regulating Valves
2.6 Pressure Relief Valve
2.7 Sprinkler System and Standpipe
2.8 Clean agent fire suppression system
2.9 Fuel storage tank
2.10 Foam Deluge System
2.11 Pre Action Sprinkler System
2.12 Underground piping
2.13 deluge valve system for the central gas tank

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Piping
3.2 Drains
3.3 Fire Extinguishers
3.4 Hose Cabinets
3.5 Pressure Reducing Valve Stations
3.6 Pump Sets
3.7 Anchoring
3.8 Labelling
3.9 Site Visits by Civil Defence Department Personnel
3.10 Hydraulic Design
3.11 Sprinkler Zoning
3.12 Electric Wiring
3.13 Demonstration Test
3.14 Training

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 1 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and applicable
sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the requirements of
the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Supply all materials, labour, equipment, working plans, etc. to provide a complete fire protection system
as described herein and shown on the drawings including, but not limited to the following:

1. All piping including external fire department pumper connections.

2. Standpipe and sprinkler Pump Package set including jockey pump, electric motor driven pump,
diesel engine driven pump, controller, exhaust piping, insulation, metal cladding and fuel day
tank.

3. All fire hose cabinets and standpipe systems.

4. Sprinkler Systems.

5. All fire extinguishers, cabinets, brackets, etc.

6. Temporary standpipe during construction as required by Authorities.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCES

1. The manufacturer must have at least ten years of experience in the design and manufacture of
specific equipment being supplied.

2. Qualifications

1. Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen employed by a qualified Fire Protection
Contractor approved by authorities having jurisdiction and regularly engaged in the installation of
automatic sprinkler systems and other fire protection equipment.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 2 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Approved Contractors

1. Only Contractors approved by the Civil Defence Department shall be permitted to install
Fire Protection Equipment and Systems. The Contractor shall submit written proof that
he is authorised to install fire protection systems together with his approval classification.
The contractor shall also submit a separate prequalification for the fire protection works
issued by the Engineer.

2. Appointment as the Contractor shall not imply that the Contractor can execute fire
protection works without further approval.

4. Staff Qualifications

1. Submit the qualifications of all foremen that are proposed for carrying out the fire
protection work.

5. Authorities and Agencies: Conform to requirements of relevant NFPA Regulations and the Civil
Defence requirements.

6. All items of equipment and materials should receive acceptance of the Civil Defense Department
prior to purchase and installation.

7. Arrange and pay for all inspections, examinations and tests required by all authorities. Provide
all certificates to the Engineer.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submission with Tender Documents.

1. Name of Fire Protection Specialist.

2. List of all component manufacturers.

3. Shop Drawings and materials technical data sheets:

1. Pipe and fittings.

2. Valves.

3. Pressure reducing stations.

4. Pumps.

5. Sprinklers, complete with protection guard in all exposed areas e.g., car park, mechanical rooms
and stores etc., and approved concealing plate in finished areas.

6. Fire hose cabinets.

7. Control Panels.

8. Extinguishers.

9. Diesel Engine.

10. Pump Performance Curves.


________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 3 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

11. Wiring Diagrams.

12. Motors.

13. Pump Head Calculations

14. Schematics

15. Interface with Fire alarm Systems

4. Submit names and qualification of the engineers and each foreman to be employed in the installation of
fire protection systems and their CV’s.

5. Construction Drawings

1. The Contract Drawings have been prepared for the purpose of showing the general arrangement
only. They are not intended for and shall not be used as 'Shop Drawings'.

2. Provide construction drawing plans of each floor at a scale not smaller than 1:50, a detail plan
and section of the fire pump room at 1:10 scale showing pump installation, valve drain points,
water tank connections, pump bases, control panels, pressure switches and pump testing array.

3. Prepare large scale details (1:10 or larger) for fire fighting stations, pipe supports, pump hold
down bolting and any other area where large scale details are required. Provide details of
different sprinklers showing exact method of fixing.

4. Indicate on the drawings sleeve sizes and location in floors and walls and all associated Builders
Work required for complete Installation.

5. Submit typical Installation details and schematics

6. The Contractor shall coordinate and arrange for all drawings to be stamped approved by the Fire
Department prior to any work being commenced on site.

1.5 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

1. The fire water reservoir including; concrete work, waterproofing, incoming water supply,
overflows, vents, water level switches, access ladder, washout and access door.

2. All electrical wiring from local isolators to equipment and from equipment to local/main Fire Alarm
Panel specified under division 16 electrical specifications.

3. Main Fire Alarm Panel. (Refer to Division 16 Electrical).

4. Motorized smoke fire dampers in air-conditioning ducts and walls for gas protected areas.

5. Temporary electricity for construction and testing.

1.6 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS

1. The Building is to be fully fire protected with suitable protection as per drawings and
specification, sprinkler protected served by separate standpipe and sprinkler risers designed to
the requirements of the NFPA Standards and the local Civil Defence Department.

If for a reason sprinkler protection is not suitable for certain area / room a compatible fire fighting
equipment such as pendant mounted powder extinguishant unit or portable extinguisher etc.,
shall be installed.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 4 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Fire protection water will be supplied from combined domestic/fire water storage tanks located in
the basement.

3. Standpipe to be connected to 63mm Civil Defence hose to have a minimum pressure of 6.9 BAR
with 16 l/s flowing at highest outlet in the building.

4. Standpipe connect direct to risers.

5. Reducing valves at floors as indicated on the drawings.

6. Fire Fighting Stations as shown on the architectural drawings comprising purpose made cabinets
housing 30m long x 25mm rubber hose for use by occupants, 30m long x 65mm flat hose for use
by Department of Civil Defence personnel, one CO2 and one water hand extinguisher for first aid
fire protection. Finishes as defined by the Architect.

7. One jockey pump, one electric motor driven and one diesel engine driven automatic fire pump
set, to supply the standpipe and sprinkler system. The capacities to be as per drawing

8. Siamese inlet connections for the Fire Department emergency connection, two connection for
sprinkler rising main, and two connected to the hose reel and standpipe main, location in
accordance with drawings and to the approval of Department of Civil Defence. Number and
sizes of the Siamese connections shall be as confirmed by Civil Defence.

1.7 VALVE TAGS AND IDENTIFICATION LABELS

1. Provide identification label and tags for all fire protection pumps, controls, gauges and valves.

Indicate valve numbers and relevant labels on the "as built" plans.

2. The labels and tags shall be dye printed red on 2mm aluminium sheet and permanently sealed
with anodized film. Secure all tags to the valve by approved chain. Securely fix all labels to
walls or doors and equipment. Samples of valve tags and labels shall be reviewed by the
Engineer prior to ordering.

3. All identification labels to be in both English and Arabic languages.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, VALVES AND DEVICES

1. All materials, equipment, valves and devices provided under this section to be listed by
Underwriters Laboratories. For reference use Underwriters' Laboratories approved fire protection
equipment list.

2. Drains

1. System drains and fireman’s test connection: Run to the fire tank or nearest open drain
in the building, as per drawings.

3. Fire equipment Piping

1. All sizes: Pipe and fittings to comply with current requirements of NFPA Standard 13 and
NFPA Standard 14.

2. Welded steel pipe, exterior and interior factory galvanized, red painted, ASTM A-53
Grade B steel pipe having a working pressure as per NFPA requirements. Couplings
may be of the galvanized rolled groove type or the mechanical locking type (push-on),
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 5 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

and dimensionally compatible with the pipe. Pipe end preparation for the mechanical
locking type couplings will be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Pipes shall not be less than Schedule 40.

3. Fire Pump Diesel Engine Jacket Cooling Water System:

1. To 50mm (2") steel, Schedule 80, ASTM A53 or A120, or


BS3601 BW22 heavy wall, threaded pipe.

2. 65mm (2 1/2") and larger: Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A53


Grades A or B, or BS3601 BW22 medium wall, welded end pipe.

4. Diesel Engine Exhaust System: Steel, Schedule 40, ASTM A53 Grades A or B,
or BS3601 BW22 medium wall, welded end pipe.

5. Diesel Engine Breather Vent System:

Steel, Schedule 20, ASTM A120 or A53, or BS1387, threaded pipe.

4. Fire Department Connections

1. Provide where shown, two set of two 63mm (2 1/2:") Fire Department flush type
individual hose connections on single face plate with double clapper, cast bronze with
chrome plated finish plugged with chrome plated end plug and properly labelled and
identified for "Fire Standpipe" and "Sprinkler" services.

2. Coupling to suit the Civil Defence pumper vehicle and meet British Standard BS 336.

5. Fire Hose Cabinets for Civil Defence and occupants Use – Locally Fabricated

1. Comprising fire rated block work cabinet with hollow metal steel door painted or
stainless steel cladded frame with 6mm tempered glass front, complete with 30m (100
ft.) of 63mm Polyester hose, water stop, chrome plated forged brass couplings attached,
63mm (2.1/2") chrome plated forged brass valve, and 63mm (2.1/2") chrome plated
Monsoon straight stream adjustable fog nozzle and 30m (100 ft.) 25mm rubber hose,
wound on automatic swivel (swing out) hose reel (Rotowheel), guide arm, chrome plated
forged brass couplings attached, 25mm (1") chrome plated forged brass valve, and
25mm (1") jet and spray nozzle. The cabinet shall be painted with colour matching
adjacent finishes. In granite clad or external locations, cabinet doors shall be in #8
stainless steel finish.

2. Provide pressure restricting nipples and discs on all valves as required. Cabinets to be
recessed in walls unless otherwise noted on the drawings.

3. Provide labels on glass, min. 15mm letters in both Arabic and English languages.
Colour: red.

4. Also, refer to architectural detail drawings.

6. Fire Extinguishers

1. Provide portable filled and tested fire extinguishers as shown on the drawing:

2. Provide supports for extinguishers individually mounted with base support.

3. Portable extinguishers in finished areas (i.e, office, public floors and office corridors etc.)
to be installed in recessed cabinets in stainless steel enclosures.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 6 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

7. Supervised Valves
All sprinkler and standpipe system branch supervised valves (downstream of pressure reducing
stations): U.L. listed, FM approved lever operated butterfly type complete with micro switch for
wiring into the fire alarm annunciation system. Micro switch shall be in the closed position when
the valve is full open and will open when the valve system moves away from full open position,
wiring to annunciator panel by division 16.

2.2 STAND PIPE AND SPRINKLER PACKAGED FIRE PUMPSET

Provide a complete stand pipe sprinkler fire pump set, UL listed comprising:

1. Jockey Pump (The required approval as per authority having jurisdiction)

1. Provide a multi-stage jockey pump where indicated on drawings.

2. Capacity and head shall be as indicated in pump schedule.

3. Pump Construction

1. Close coupled vertical with cast iron body.

2. Stainless steel impeller fitted.

4. Complete pump assembly to be UL listed, FM approved and meet the Civil Defence authorities
requirements.

5. The pump discharge head assembly 38mm shall be closed grained cast iron with suction and
38mm discharge connections which shall be threaded. The pump shall be suitable for 400 psi
w.p. minimum.

6. The pump shall be installed with a cast or fabricated non-ferrous metal strainer having openings
to restrict the passage of objects 2.5mm in size.

7. Electric motors shall be T.E.F.C. rated as per pump schedule suitable for operation at 380 volt, 3
phase, 50 Hz service. The motor locked rotor current shall not exceed the values as stated by
the NFPA or equivalent British Standard.

8. The pump and motor to be mounted on a common steel base, with motor and pump shaft close
coupled and appropriate vibration isolators.

9. Power disconnect with 'OFF' position alarm signal to BMS.

2. Jockey Pump Controller

1. Provide jockey pump controller to meet NFPA 20 Standards.

2. Equipment to provide:

1. Automatic start from water pressure switch.

2. Manual start from hand-off-auto selector switch.

3. Magnetic starter with 3 phase overload protection and earth leakage sensor for
annunciation only.

4. Fusible disconnect with locking door.


5. Enclosure to be constructed in accordance with NEMA 4 x or (IP65).
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 7 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

6. Running period timer to prevent excessive cycling.

7. Control transformer for 220 volt/1ph/50Hz.

8. Auxiliary contacts for status, earth leakage/fault and overload signal to B.M.S.

9. Red pilot to indicate pump running.

3. The controller shall be floor or wall mounted and complete with required accessories including
pump operation alarm contacts, manual stop and running timer.

3. Booster Fire Pump Diesel Driven

1. Provide, in location and in accordance with the contract documents, a complete packaged
sprinkler booster pumping system consisting of horizontal split case pumps, diesel engine, drive,
coupling guards, controllers, accessories, etc.

2. Pump and diesel engine assembly to be UL listed, FM approved or equal British Standard
meeting the requirements of NEP 20, NFPA 37, NFPA 20 and meet the Civil Defence authorities
requirements.

3. Performance: Pump capacity and head shall be as per pump schedule. Pump to be capable of
delivering not less than 150% of rated capacity at a pressure of not less than 65% of rated head;
shut-off pressure not to exceed 120% of rated head at rated capacity; maximum permissible
engine size as per pump schedule for 50 deg C operation.

4. The fire pumps shall be complete with piping accessory items for the pump installation which will
adapt the pump connection to the sprinkler and stand pipe system and test connection as
follows:

1. Venturi type flow measuring device.

2. Hose valve test head.

3. Hose valves with caps and chains.

4. Ball drip valves.

5. Automatic air release valve.

7. Discharge tee.

8. Main relief valve.

9. Open waste cone.

5. Pump Construction

1. Cast iron casing suitable for 400 psi working pressure with cast iron bearing housings.

2. Bronze impellers and casing rings.

3. Stainless steel shaft and shaft sleeve.

4. Oil or grease lubricated bearings.

5. Structural steel base plate and appropriate vibration isolators.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 8 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

6. All metal flexible connections.

7. Suction connection 150 lb. flange.

8. Discharge connection 300 lb flange or suitable for discharge pressure.

6. Diesel Engine:

1. To NFPA 20 or equal British Standard.

Engine tachometer to register shaft output speed.

7. Batteries:

1. System Voltage - 12V DC

2. Heavy duty to NFPA or British Standard requirement.

3. No. of batteries required - 2

4. No. of batteries per start - 1

8. Exhaust piping, muffler and insulation.

4. Booster Fire Pump Motor Driven

1. Fire pump to meet all the requirements of diesel driven fire pump and be FM approved, UL listed
or equal British Standard.

2. Motor

1. TEFC, size as per pump schedule for 2950 RPM suitable for 380 Volt, 3 Phase, 50Hz
power supply wired for auto transformer reduced voltage starting.

2. Motors and pump to be mounted on common structural steel base and appropriate
vibration isolators with pump and motor starts correctly aligned and coupled, coupling
guards fitted.

3. Power disconnect with 'OFF' position alarm signal to BMS.

5. Engine and motor driven Pump Controller

1. Provide fire pump controllers to start the motor and engine pumps in sequence.

2. Control Equipment for Motor Drive

The Pump Motor shall be UL listed, FM approved or British Standard Part II 5486 and shall be
labelled "Motor stand pipe and sprinkler Pump Controller". The controllers shall be the combined
manual and automatic, (part wind) type, and shall be complete with:

1. Floor mounted enclosure constructed in accordance with NEMA 4x or (IP65).

2. Disconnect switch externally operable, quick-break type.

3. Circuit breaker - time delay type with trips in all phases set for 300% of the motor full-
load current.
4. Motor starter to auto transformer type for reduced voltage starting of pump motor. Motor
starter to be energized automatically through the pressure switch or manually by means
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 9 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

of an externally operable handle. The minimum withstand rating of the controllers shall
be not less than 50,000 amps RMS symmetrical at 380 volts. Withstand rating to be
achieved with permanent current limiteds.
5. Pressure switch set to cut in and cut out as per NFPA requirements measured at
uppermost point in sprinkler riser.
6. Running period timer set to keep motor in operation, when started automatically, for a
minimum period of ten minutes.
7. The controller shall have externally mounted individual, visible indicators for "Power
Available", "Low Pressure", "Local Start", "Remote Start". "Deluge Valve Open", "Phase
Reversal", "Interlock On", "Pump Running" and "Run Timer On". The Controller shall
have externally mounted operators including "start" push-button, "Stop" push-button and
"Emergency Run" mechanism. The "Start" push-button and "Emergency Run"
mechanism shall be separate units and not combined. The "Power Available" and
"Phase Failure" indicators shall be wired through contacts on the phase monitor to give
true power "On" indication. Loss of Power in any phase shall cause the "Power
Available” indication to go out. Remote monitor for phase failure and main phase healthy
to be provided.

8. Ammeter test link and voltmeter test studs.

9. Alarm relay to energize an audible or visible alarm through an independent source of


power to indicate circuit breaker open or power failure, with indication to BMS.

10. Means shall be provided on the Controller to operate an alarm signal continuously while
the pump is running.

11. Control equipment shall meet all requirements of NFPA No. 20 and BS 5486 Part II.

3. Control Equipment for Engine Drive

1. The automatic engine control panel shall be microprocessor based, approved for fire
pump service, and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 20 or BS5468 Part 1. The
panel shall be of the floor mounted type, and enclosed in a moisture and dust tight
housing. A combination manual & automatic type controller with "Manual-Off-
Automatic" selector switch shall be provided. Also, a 220 volt single phase power failure
relay or a pressure switch, which will (when the system drops to 30 psig) activate all
electrical circuits to automatically start the engine.

2. Should the engine fail to start after the required cranking cycles, the controller shall
disconnect the starting circuit and activate an alarm system using lights and buzzer or
bell. "Low oil pressure" and High jacket-water temperature" shall also be indicated by a
suitable alarm system. The engine shall not shut down if either of these conditions
occurs during an operating cycle.

3. In addition to the alarm functions specified in NFPA 20 or equal British Standard, the
controller shall be supplied with the following built-in audio visual alarms:

1. Low Fuel Level

2. Low Suction Pressure

4. The controller shall have normally open (N.O.) and normally closed (N.C.) relay contacts
for remote alarm of engine run, engine trouble and main switch mis-set annunciated at
the BMS.
In addition the controller shall have normally open (N.O.) and normally closed (N.C.)
relay contacts for the following remote alarms annunciated at the BMS:
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 10 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1. Engine Over speed.


2. Low Oil Pressure.
3. High Water Temperature.
4. Engine Failed to start.
5. Battery and/or Charger Failure.

5. Control panel shall be integral part of the package fire pump set installation and be
provided by the supplier of the package fire pump set equipment.

6. Controller for engine drive to be microprocessor based to NFPA 20 and BS 5486 Part II.

6. The interface of the pumps to BMS

The alarms and driver status shall be indicated at the BMS as per BMS drawing

2.3 STAND PIPE AND SPRINKLER PACKAGED FIRE PUMP SET TEST

The assembly shall be tested in the factory and the test certificates to be provided for engineer review /
record.

2.4 PRESSURE SWITCHES AND FLOW SWITCHES

1 Water Flow Detector

1. Provide a water flow detector to each sprinkler zone.

2. The water flow detectors shall signal any water flow condition that equals or exceeds the
discharge from one sprinkler. The electrical signal shall be transmitted and give alarm at the
main fire alarm panel.

3. Water flow detectors shall be vane-type, with pneumatic retard element, U.L. listed and F.M.
approved suitable for applicable system pressure as per NFPA.

2. Pressure Switches

1. Provide UL or BS approved pressure switches with double sets of contacts in the mains.

2. Wiring for pressure and flow switches to be provided by Division 16.

2.5 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVES

1. Provide UL and FM labelled pressure reducing valves (p.r.v) rated as shown on drawings with adjustable
spring range, sized to suit required flow and pressure differential, capable of maintaining differential
pressure at + 138 kPa (+ 20 psi) during both flow and static conditions.

2. Provide in accordance with the contract documents PRV's to produce a constant downstream pressure
as indicated on the Fire Protection Riser Diagram.

3. Valve to be accurate and close drip tight when downstream pressure exceeds set point.

4. Valve to be single seated hydraulically operated, pilot controlled diaphragm type globe valve.

5. Valve Construction
1. Cast iron body and cover to ASTM A48.

2. Bronze trim to ASTM B61.


________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 11 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Pressure rating as per NFPA requirements.

4. Flanged connections.

5. Cast bronze with stainless steel trim.

6. Sizes as required and in accordance with the contract documents.

6. Control range to be 2070 kPa (300 psi) inlet to 206 kPa (30 psi) outlet adjustable.

7. Pressure regulating valves to be provided with isolating valves, gauges, bypass globe valve, and
pressure relief valve to protect downstream piping.

8. Regulating valve to be similar to Cla-Val Model 90G-21 (globe) or 90A-21(angle) or and 90 – 42 or


equal.

9. Provide proper access to PRV stations for maintenance and replacement.

2.6 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

1. Provide UL and FM labelled pressure relief valve rated as per NFPA requirement at discharges of each
fire pump and elsewhere as shown on the drawings to relieve excess pressure back to the water
reservoirs.

2. Valve to be adjustable to relieve pressure at 1896 kPa (275 psig).

3. Valve to be equal to Cla Val Co. Model No. 50B-4KG-1 and 50-20.

2.7 SPRINKLER SYSTEM AND STANDPIPE

1. Scope

1. l standpipe and wet sprinkler system.

2. Design Criteria

1. To earthquake seismic zone 2 requirements.

2. Refer to applicable sections for sprinkler and stand pipe criteria.

3. Sprinkler Heads

1. As symbolized on the drawings with fusible links, except where noted, rated to suit application
and accepted by the Department of Civil Defence.

2. Concealed pendant sprinkler heads:

1. Provide pendant type sprinklers recessed into the ceiling and concealed by a flat cover
plate. The sprinkler shall be fusible link operated, spray type, with 25mm adjustable
coupling reducer and 12mm discharge orifice, to the temperature ratings indicated on
drawings.

2. The cover plates shall be held in place by the same temperature solder as that of the
sprinkler and the plate assembly shall be mounted into the sprinkler cup assembly after
the installation of the sprinkler, holding it against and flush with the false ceiling.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 12 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. The sprinklers shall be brass finish and the cover plates in a finish and colour to match
the ceiling and adjacent finishes as per the Engineer's requirements. The cover plates
shall be fully co-ordinated with ceiling finishes ordered from manufacturer as required.
Plates to be painted in factory.

4. Sprinklers to be equal to Reliable Model G4.

3. Exposed upright sprinkler heads:

1. Provide exposed upright fusible link operated sprinkler heads. The sprinkler heads shall
be cast bronze, closed, spray type with 25mm adjustable coupling reducer and 12mm
discharge orifice to the temperature ratings as indicated on drawings.

2. Sprinklers to be equal to Reliable Model G.

4. Sidewall Sprinkler heads:

1. Where shown on drawings provide sidewall sprinkler heads especially designed for
sidewall mounting with escutcheon plates. The sprinkler heads shall be chromium
plated cast bronze, closed, fusible link operated spray type with 25mm adjustable
coupling reducer and 12mm discharge orifice the temperature ratings as indicated on
drawings.

2. The escutcheon plates shall be finished in a colour to match the colour of the wall as per
Engineer's requirement.

3. Sprinkler to be equal to Reliable Sidewall Model G.

5. Water Motor Gong

Provide, as required, a labelled water motor gong piped on the interior of the building with the
drain line piped to nearest open drain to work in conjunction with the fire pumps operation.

2.8 CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM:

1. System Requirements

The Clean Agent Extinguishing System shall be installed by the specialist Contractor in accordance
with NFPA2001 and approvals of the local authority having jurisdiction. The installation shall be
carried out in a well coordinated manner approved by the Engineer. The installation of the
ventilation system shall be in accordance with the requirements and regulations of the local
authority having jurisdiction.

2. Scope

Contractor shall install independent clean agent extinguishing system with automatic detection and
control for each area mentioned in the specification and drawings. The cylinders with manifold shall
be housed in an adjacent mechanical plant room where possible. The work shall be carried out by
a specialist Contractor and shall include all design, engineering, labour, materials, equipment and
services necessary and required, to complete and test the suppression system including approval of
shop drawings from the local authority having jurisdiction.

3. Acceptable Clean Agents:

INERGEN
FM 200
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 13 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4. System Description and Operation

1. The system described in this specification is generally based on INERGEN. However, subject to specific
technical differences with alternative agents the requirements below shall apply to the alternative.

2. The system shall be an INERGEN total flooding gaseous, clean agent, fire suppression system designed
to provide a uniform concentration within the protected area.

3. The amount of INERGEN to be provided shall be the amount required to obtain a uniform (minimum)
concentration as required by the Design Manual for ten (10) minutes. Take into consideration such
factors as un-closable openings (if any), “run down” time of fans, time required for dampers to close (and
requirements for any additional dampers), and any other feature of the facility that could affect
concentration. The design concentration shall be 51% by volume at 70°F.

4. Coincidence Zone Smoke Detection – the INERGEN system shall be automatically actuated by cross-
zoned detection circuits. Smoke detectors shall be ionization detectors and photoelectric with
compatibility listings for use with the control unit. Smoke detectors shall be installed to meet BS.6266.
The detectors shall be alternated throughout the protected area with the system requiring two (2)
detectors in alarm prior to automatic INERGEN release.

5. The system shall be complete in all aspects. It shall include all mechanical and electrical installation,
detection and control equipment, agent storage containers (including standby), INERGEN discharge
nozzles, pipe and fittings, manual release and abort station, audible and visual alarm devices, auxiliary
devices and control, shutdowns, caution / advisory signs, functional checkout and testing and all other
components necessary for a functional INERGEN clean agent fire suppression system.

5. Auxiliary components:

1. Double action manual releasing stations shall be provided at each exit of the protected area and shall,
when activated, immediately release the INERGEN agent and cause all audible/visual alarms to
activate. In addition, activation of the manual releasing stations shall cause immediate shutdown of air
and power circuits.

2. Abort stations shall be provided at each exit of the protected area and shall, when operated, interrupt
the discharge of INERGEN agent and emergency power-off functions. The abort stations shall be
momentary devices (dead-man) requiring constant pressure to maintain contact closure. Note: Manual
Releasing Station activation shall override any abort station. Abort station operation shall be per IRI
and FM guidelines.
3. Graphic annunciator (optional) shall be provided at the control panel location. The graphic annunciator
shall be provided by the equipment manufacturer in an approved NEMA enclosure with keyed face
plate. The graphic annunciator shall display the entire INERGEN protected area and shall indicate
each smoke detector and its proximity. Smoke detectors, when activated, will individually annunciate
at the graphic annunciator as follows:

Ceiling Detector : Red LED


Subfloor Detector : Amber LED

6. Automatic Operation:

1. Actuation of the first zone within the system shall:

a. Illuminate the “ALARM” lamp on the control panel fascia.


________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 14 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

b. Energise an alarm bell and visual indicator to evacuate the protected area.
c. Generate one set of auxiliary contacts which can perform system functions such as:
d. Operate door Holder / closure on access doors
(ii) Transmit a signal to a fire alarm system.
(iii) Shutdown HVAC equipment

2. Actuation of the 2nd Zone within the system shall:

a. Illuminate the “Pre-Discharge” lamp on the control panel.


b. Energise an alarm horn/strobe device.
c. Shutdown the HVAC System and / or close dampers in supply and return ducts,
release door holders etc.,
d. Start Time - delay sequence (adjustable 0-60 sec)

3. After completion of the time-delay sequence, the INERGEN System shall discharge and the following
shall occur.

a. Illuminate an Extinguishant discharge lamp on the Control Panel.


b. Energise a Visual indicator outside the hazard area in which the discharge occurred.

4. The control panel will provide voltage free contacts to allow the following signals to be repeated to the
Main Fire Alarm Panel and the BMS system:

e. Common fire
f. Common fault
g. INERGEN discharged.

.7 System Material and Equipment Requirements

The INERGEN System materials and equipment shall be standard products of latest design and suitable to
perform the functions intended.

1. Provide minimum two (2) inspections during the first year of service. Inspection shall be made at
maximum 6 months intervals commencing when the system is first placed in to normal service.
2. The main contractor shall be responsible for sealing and securing the protected spaces against agent
loss and / or leakage during the 10 minute “Hold Up” period.

3. The System shall be capable of being actuated by manual discharge devices located at each hazard
exit. The manual discharge station shall be of the electrical actuation type and shall be supervised at the
main control panel.

4. All electrical enclosures, raceways and conduits shall be employed in accordance with applicable codes
and intended use and contain only those electrical circuits associated with the fire detection and control
system and shall not contain any circuit that is unrelated to the system.

5. Unless specifically provided otherwise in each case, all conductors shall be enclosed in steel conduit,
rigid or thin wall as conditions dictate.

6. Any conduit or raceway exposed to weather or other similar conditions shall be properly sealed and
installed to prevent damage. Provisions for draining and/or drying shall be employed.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 15 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

7. NEMA rating and/or electrically hazardous classifications shall be observed and any equipment or
materials installed must meet or exceed the requirements of service.

8. Any wiring shall be of the proper size to conduct the circuit current but shall not be smaller than #18
AWG unless otherwise specified for a given purpose. Wire that has scrapes, nicks, gouges or crushed
insulation shall not be used. The use of aluminium wire is strictly prohibited.

9. Splicing of circuits shall be kept to a minimum and are only to be found in an electrical device suited for
the purpose.

10. Wire spliced together shall have the same colour insulation.

11. Wire splices shall be made with appropriate devices suited for the purpose.

12. All wire terminations shall be made with crimp terminals unless the device at the termination is designed
for bare wire terminations.

13. All electrical circuits shall be numerically tagged with suitable devices at the terminating point and/or
splice. All circuit numbers shall correspond with the installation drawings.

14. The use of coloured wires is encouraged but not required unless dictated by state or local authorities.

15. White coloured wire shall be used exclusively for the identification of the neutral conductor of an
alternating current circuit.

16. Green coloured wire shall be used exclusively for the identification of the earth ground conductor of an
AC or DC circuit.

17. All control systems shall be UL Listed or FM approved and be utilized with listed or approved compatible
operating devices and shall be capable of the following features:

1. Ground fault indication


2. Supervised detection circuit(s)
3. Supervised alarm circuit(s)
4. Supervised release circuit(s)
5. Supervised manual pull circuit (if applicable)
6. Supervised primary power circuit
7. Alarm overrides trouble logic
8. Battery standby
9. Front panel indicating lamps (LEDs)
10. Key lock steel enclosure
11. Programmable time delay
12. Programmable detection logic
13. Prioritized trouble logic
14. Microprocessor based logic
15. History buffer
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 16 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

8. INERGEN Storage Cylinders

Cylinder assemblies shall be of steel construction with a standard paint finish. Each cylinder
shall be equipped with a pressure seat-type valve and gauge. When the system’s capacity
exceeds 40 cylinders, a second pilot valve shall be provided and used for cylinder activation.
Each valve shall be constructed of forged brass and shall attach to the cylinder providing a leak
tight seal. Each valve shall also include a safety pressure relief device, which provides relief at
270 bar per CGA test methods. Gas shall be stored at 200 bar.

Filling of the cylinder assembly shall be by an authorized INERGEN systems distributor in


conjunction with a factory authorized INERGEN agent filling station. Initial filling and recharge
shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s established procedures and shall not
require replacement components for normal service. Refilling shall be available within 24 hours.

9. Cylinder Bracket

Each cylinder assembly shall be furnished with a hexagon shaped bracket that allows the
cylinder to be secured into position using fixing links. This facilitates the ease of installation and
removal of the cylinders.

Cylinder brackets shall be approved for use with the INEGEN system.

10. Valve Actuators

Electric valve actuators shall be of brass construction and stackable design with swivel
connections to allow removal of actuators for maintenance or testing.

Operation of actuators shall not require replacement of components. NO ELECTRO-


EXPLOSIVE DEVICES may be used to actuate the valve assembly.
Electric actuators shall be the magnetic latch, continuous duty type for 24 VDC operations.
Actuation devices shall be approved for use with the INEGEN system.

11. Discharge Hose/Check Valve

When manifolding, all cylinder assemblies shall include a flexible discharge hose and check
valve for connection to the manifold inlet.
All hose/check valves shall be approved for use with the INERGEN valve.

12. Discharge Nozzles

Discharge nozzles shall be of two-piece construction and sized to provide flow rates in
accordance with system design flow calculations.
A nozzle inlet orifice plate shall be included. The orifice size shall be determined by a
computerized flow calculation program.

Orifice(s) shall be machined in the nozzle body to provide a horizontal discharge pattern based
upon the approved coverage arrangements.

Nozzles shall be stamped marked with the orifice code / size. The nozzles shall be threaded
directly to the discharge piping without the use of special adapters.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 17 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

13. Orifice Union/Nipple Assemblies (High Pressure Systems Only)

An orifice unit shall be included in the manifold to reduce pressure in the downstream pipe
network.Orifice unit assemblies shall be rated at 2000 lb. Class minimum

Orifice unit assemblies shall be approved for use with the INERGEN system.

Orifice union/nipple assemblies shall be permanently marked with the manufacturer's orifice
code. The orifice union/nipple shall be threaded directly to the manifold piping without the use of
special adapters.

14. Inergen Entrance Warning Signs

INERGEN entrance warning signs shall be provided and displayed at each entrance to the
protected area.

15. Inergen Manual Release Warning Signs

INERGEN manual release warning signs shall be provided and displayed next to each
extinguishant release unit.

16. Directional Valves

Where two or more hazard enclosures are to be protected from a single bank of cylinders,
directional valves shall be used to divert the gas from the manifold to the appropriate area.
Directional valves shall be used in conjunction with nitrogen pilot cylinders with one being used
per area protected.

Nitrogen pilot cylinder(s) shall be actuated, either electrically, pneumatically and/or manually -
the nitrogen being piped to pneumatically operate the appropriate directional valve and the
required number of cylinder valves. Pilot check valves shall be incorporated into the nitrogen
actuation line to prevent unwanted cylinders from discharging into the given risk. In order to
prevent inadvertent discharges of the remaining cylinders due to minor leakage past any check
valves, bleed/vent valves shall be fitted in the pilot line upstream of these check valves.

Pilot cylinder valves are to have integral pressure gauge, fill connection, solenoid, low pressure
switch and manual release lever.

17. Pressure Gauge

Each cylinder shall be fitted with a dial faced type pressure gauge, with a range from 0 to 250
bar.
18. High Pressure Manifolds

Each of the cylinders shall be interconnected with a galvanized steel manifold. The manifold
shall be supplied by the main system equipment manufacturer and tested at works by the
manufacturer to a pressure of at least 320 bar. Standard sections of manifold shall be
interconnected by high pressure fittings with ISO 228 threaded pipe connections, with a ring seal
joint. High pressure fittings (90 Deg elbows and tees) shall be brass construction with ISO 228
left or right hand threaded connections. Manifold interconnecting pipes) shall be brass
construction with ISO 228 left or right hand threaded connections.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 18 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Manifold interconnecting pipes and fittings should be supplied by the main equipment
manufacturer as part of the ISO approved system.

Each branch connection from the manifold to a vessel shall be fitted with a non-return assembly.
The main NRV body is to be manufactured from CZ121 brass. The NRV is to be a piston type
with neoprene seal and rated for a test pressure of 320 bar.

The Specialist Subcontractor shall be responsible for ensuring that there is adequate space for
installing and maintaining the Clean Agent Extinguishant Storage Cylinder banks.

19. Piping

Distribution piping and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
requirements, NFPA 2001 approved piping standards and guidelines for Clean Agent
extinguishant used. All distribution piping shall be installed by qualified individuals using good,
accepted practices and quality workmanship procedures. All piping shall be adequately
supported and anchored at all directional changes and nozzles locations.

1. System piping shall be of non-combustible materials having physical and chemical


characteristics such that its integrity under stress can be predicted with reliability.

2. As a minimum, piping materials shall be black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-53A
ERW or ASTM A-106A seamless.

3. Under no conditions shall ordinary cast iron pipe, steel pipe conforming to ASTM A-120
or ASTM A-53/A-120 be used.

4. Piping joints shall be suitable for the design conditions and shall be selected with
consideration of joint tightness and mechanical strength.

5. As a minimum, fittings beyond the orifice union/nipple shall be black, 300 lb. class
fittings conforming to ANSI B-16.3. Ordinary cast iron fittings shall not be used.
Distribution piping downstream of the orifice union must be a minimum of Schedule 40.

6. The system manifold up to the orifice union/nipple must be constructed of Schedule 80


piping and 2000 lb. or 3000 lb. forged steel fittings.

7. All piping shall comply with NFPA 2001.

8. Piping shall be installed in accordance with good commercial practice to the appropriate
codes, securely supported with UL Listed hangers and arranged with close attention to
the design layout since deviations may alter the design flow performance as calculated.

9. Piping shall be bracketed within 12" (300 mm) of all discharge nozzles.

10. All piping shall be reamed, blown clear and swabbed with appropriate solvent to remove
mill varnish and cutting oils before assembly.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 19 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

11. Multi-outlet fittings other than tees shall not be permitted.

12. Assembly of all joints shall conform to the appropriate standards. Threaded pipe joints
shall utilize Teflon tape applied to the male threads only.

.20 Pipe Fittings

All pipe fittings shall be suitable for the selected pipe work. The fittings shall be of forged steel in
accordance with BS 3799.

All fittings shall meet the pressure requirement of the extinguishant used in the system in
accordance with NFPA 2001.

The piping system shall be securely supported with clamps, brackets, etc., against thrust forces,
vibration and damage. Proper sleeves with sealing shall be provided wherever a pipe crosses a
wall or obstruction.

High Pressure Systems

A) For closed sections of pipe, fittings shall be as follows

1. Upto and including 40 mm in diameter


Forged steel, screwed, complying with BS.3799 or forged steel, butt weld,
complying with Grade WPA or Grade WPB of BS.1640: Part 3 or forged
steel, socket weld, complying with BS.3799.

2. Above 40 mm
Forged steel, socket weld, complying with BS 3799.

With due regard to the pressure ratings, stainless steel compression couplings
in accordance with BS.4368 may be used where tubes in accordance with
BS.3605 are to be used.

B) For open ended pipe, fittings shall be as follows.

1. Upto and including 20 mm in diameter


Forged steel, screwed, complying with Grade WPA or Grade WPB of
BS.3799.

2. Above 20 mm upto and including 40 mm in diameter


Forged steel, screwed, complying with Grade WPA or Grade WPB of
BS.3799.

3. Above 40 mm
Forged steel, screwed, complying with Grade WPA or Grade WPB of
BS.3799.
21 Discharge Nozzles

INERGEN clean agent fire suppression system shall discharge from specially designed Nozzles
with discharge characteristics to suit the application. These shall be strategically located to flood
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 20 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

the entire area with uniform concentration of 51% (minimum) within the specified time limit after
initiation of actuation device.

The nozzles shall be designed to provide proper agent quantity and distribution. The discharge
nozzle shall be of Aluminium / Brass / Stainless Steel corrosion resistant metal.

 Discharge nozzles shall be of two-piece construction and sized to provide flow rates in
accordance with system design flow calculations.

 A nozzle inlet orifice plate shall be included. The orifice size shall be determined by a
computerized flow calculation program.

 Orifice(s) shall be machined in the nozzle body to provide a horizontal discharge pattern based
upon the approved coverage arrangements.

 Nozzles shall be stamped marked with the orifice code / size. The nozzles shall be threaded
directly to the discharge piping without the use of special adapters.

22. Smoke Detectors

Smoke Detectors shall operate on ionisation principle and shall be activated by the presence of
combustion products. Detectors shall have a nominal sensitivity to conform to the requirements
of BS 5446, part 1.

Smoke Detector shall be plug-in type unit constituting two ionisation chambers, amplifier
switching circuit and LED indication. Out of the two ionisation chambers of the detector, one
chamber shall function for fire detection and the other as a reference to stabilise the detector for
changes in environmental temperature, humidity and pressure.

The amplifier switching circuit in the detector head, shall be solid state type and shall be suitable
for operation on 24 v D.C. supply. The LED indication on the detector shall light to indicate the
initiation of alarm immediately after detection of fire. It shall be possible to connect a remote
indicating lamp to the detector.
The smoke detector shall have terminals for connecting the same in circuit without any
soldering. It shall be possible to secure the detector in the base to prevent unauthorized
tampering in the system.

23. Alarm Sounders

The INERGEN Alarm Sounders shall be rated for 24 V DC and shall produce a distinctive tone
sound having an output of minimum 95 db at one metre. The sounders shall be finished in red
and shall be suitable for mounting outdoor / indoor as per requirements of local authority having
jurisdiction.

A red stand alone Zenon Beacon rated at 1J output shall be provided outside the protected area
for visual indication of immit Extinguishant discharge.

24. Door Release Units

The door release units shall be of solenoid operated and controlled by the fire suppression
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 21 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

system. It shall be of continuously operating duty to keep the door open. A manual release
switch shall be provided by the side of solenoid to enable doors to be closed without operating
the fire alarm system. The holding force of door unit shall be 11 kg. The operating voltage shall
be 24 V DC.

25. Control Panel


A control panel shall be housed in sheet steel enclosure, and located at a suitable location near
the entrance to each of the protected areas. The control panel shall include switch input for
various detectors, pressure switches etc., relay outputs with either monitored contacts or volt
free contact or a combination. The panels shall be suitable for specified main voltages of 50Hz
power supply. The operating voltage of the panel shall be 24V DC which shall be backed by a
set of maintenance free batteries during a power failure. A Battery charger shall be provided to
keep the batteries charged all the time from the mains power supply.
The standby battery power shall be suitable to operate the panel for 24 Hours in quiescent mode
and for half hour in alarm mode to conform to the requirement of BS 5839 Part – 1.

The following shall be provided as part of the panel.

 Shielded manual release push button to override automatic / manual key lock – off
condition.
 Status indicator lights for visual indication of “System Automatic”, “ System Manual”
“Gas Release”
 Lamp Test Facility
 Monitoring of wiring for open and short circuit condition with visual and audible indication
of system fault.
 Main Supply healthy indication.
 Alarm Silence push button.
 Solid state field programmable time delay 0-60 seconds.

26. Abort Switch


A system hold-off button, non-latching type shall be provided which while depressed shall
interrupt the discharge sequence. Upon release of this unit, the discharge will proceed.

27. Wiring
Mineral Insulated Copper Covered Cables PVC Sheathed (MICC PVC)
All MICC Cables shall be of an approved type and shall be complete with PVC Sheath. The end
of the mineral insulated copper cables shall be protected from moisture by suitable seal and
insulation shall be thoroughly dry before sealing material is applied. Such sealing material and
any material used to insulate the conductors, shall have insulation and moisture proofing
properties, shall retain these properties throughout the range of temperature to which the cable
is subjected to in service. All terminations shall comply to BS 4081 / Part 1 or any additional
amendments to this specification.

It shall be fastened to wall / cable trays at intervals recommended by the manufacturer with the
correct saddles, in accordance with table B2M of the IEE Regulations.

High temperature seals shall be used throughout and for temperature up to 185ºC shall
comprise of high temperature compound as recommended by Cable Manufacturer with fibre
glass disc and P.T.F.E. sleeving. Seals for temperature above 185ºC shall comprise of a fused
powder glass compound with porcelain bead sleeving.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 22 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Standard brass ring type compression glands shall be used at all terminations except for flame
proof installations and flush mounted accessories. The standard gland terminate in factory
made metal box or enclosure suitably tapped to accept the gland thread or alternatively where a
tapped hole is not practical, a ring type bush gland shall be used secured with suitable brass
bush and compression washer.

Standard glands for tapped entry units shall have a minimum of five full thread engagements.

Flameproof gland shall be used on fireproof installations, suitable for use with certified
enclosures in atmospheres containing groups 2 and 3 as defined in BS 229 in accordance with
Cable Manufacturer’s Recommendations.

All terminations and bends shall be made with correct tool as recommended by the Cable
Manufacturer.

28. Earthing

To minimise the risk of electrostatic discharge, all pipe work shall be earthed. For this purpose,
PVC Cu yellow green cable of min 4 mm cross section shall be used.

29. Warning Signs

The Warning signs shall be as per local authority having jurisdiction and NFPA 2001 guidelines
and be prominently displayed at and near the entrance of the protected area as necessary.

30. System Inspection and Checkout

After the installation has been completed, the entire system shall be checked out, inspected and
functionally tested by qualified, trained personnel, in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommended procedures and NFPA Standards.

 All containers and distribution piping shall be checked for proper mounting and
installations.
 All electrical wiring shall be tested for proper connection, continuity resistance to ground.
 The complete system shall be functionally tested in the presence of the owner or his
representative and all functions, including system and equipment interlocks, must be
operational at least five (5) days prior to the final acceptance tests.

- Each detector shall be tested in accordance with the manufacturer’s


recommended procedures and test values recorded.

- All system and equipment interlocks, such as door release devices and audible
and visual devices, equipment shut downs, local and remote alarms, etc., shall
function as required and designed.

31. Training Requirements

Prior to final acceptance, the installing contractor shall provide operational training to the owner’s
personnel. Each training session shall include System Control Panel Operation. Manual and
Abort Functions, Fault Procedures, Auxiliary Functions and Emergency Procedures.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 23 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

32. Acceptance Tests

 At the time “As-Built” drawings and maintenance operations manuals are submitted, the
specialist subcontractor shall submit a “Test Plan” describing procedures to be used to test
the INERGEN system(s). The tests shall demonstrate that the operational and installation
requirements of this specification have been met. All tests shall be conducted in the
presence of the owner and shall not be conducted until the Test Plan has been approved.

 The tests shall demonstrate that the entire control system functions as designed and
intended. All circuits shall be tested for automatic actuation, Manual actuation, HVAC and
power shut downs, audible and visual alarm devices, manual over ride of abort functions
and agent container pressure supervision. Supervision of all panel circuits, including AC
and battery power supplies, shall be tested and qualified.

 A Room pressurisation test shall be conducted, in each protected space to determine


the presence of openings which would affect the INERGEN system concentration levels. All
testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 2001.

 If room pressurisation testing indicates that openings exists which will result in and / or
loss of the INERGEN extinguishing agent, the Main Contractor shall be responsible for
adequately sealing all protected space(s) against agent loss or leakage. The Specialist
Subcontractor and the Main Contractor jointly shall inspect all work to ascertain that the
protected space(s) have been adequately and properly sealed. If the room pressurisation
test is not successful in accordance with these the Specialist Subcontractor shall then direct
the Main Contractor to determine and correct the cause of the test failure. The Main
Contractor shall conduct additional room pressurisation tests, at no additional cost to the
owner until a successful test is obtained. Copies of successful test results shall be submitted
to the owner for record.
 Upon acceptance by the owner, the completed INERGEN system(s) shall be placed in
normal service.
 The Specialist Subcontractor shall, where specified, allow and carry out Discharge Test
in line with the NFPA-2001.

33. Documentation for Clean Agent Extinguishing System

The documentation for the Clean Agent Extinguishing System shall include the following:
 Technical details relating to the safety and use of Clean Agency Extinguishing Systems
 Component data sheets on each item in the system
 Spare parts list
 System sequence of operations
 Manufacturer’s Warranty
 Distributor’s / Specialist Subcontractor's Labour Warranty and Recharge Warranty.
 Guaranteed Total Recharge cost by zone during the warranty period.

34. Operation and Maintenance

Prior to final acceptance, the specialist subcontractor shall provide complete Operation and
Maintenance Instruction Manuals, four (4) copies to the owner. All aspects of system operation
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 24 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

and maintenance shall be detailed, including piping isometrics, wiring diagrams of all circuits, a
written description of the system design and sequence of operation, drawings(s) illustrating
control logic and equipment used in the system. Checklists and procedures for emergency
situations, trouble shooting techniques,

2.9 Fuel Storage Tank for Diesel Pump

(i) The fuel storage tank shall be an integral part of the unit and shall be mounted within the support
base of the unit. The tank should be sized to NFPA 20 requirements provide all piping fittings and
valve required to install as per NFPA 20 requirements.

(ii) The unit support base shall be designed to allow space for oil pan clearance.

2.10 FOAM DELUGE SYSTEM:

Type: A – Foam Deluge System (Ref:FDS-x-xx).


Application: Generator rooms and high hazard areas containing diesel fuel and as indicated on
the drawings.
Manufacturer and reference: As defined in the manufacturers and suppliers list. Or approved
equivalent.

1.System Description

The sprinkler system shall be an overhead deluge AFFF foam sprinkler system. The system shall be
designed to provide adequately proportioned foam water solution at listed water flows past proportioning
device. The system shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 16, Standard for the Installation of
Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems, NFPA 11, Standard for Low Expansion
Foam, NFPA 13, Standard for Installation of Sprinkler Systems and occupancy standards pertaining to
the system installation.

2. Components

Deluge Valve
Deluge foam systems shall utilize a 90° pattern type of deluge valve. Deluge valve shall employ a
positive vent on the priming line to ensure that the deluge valve will not prematurely reset. Inlet and
outlet connections of deluge valve can be flanged by flanged or flanged by grooved, respectively.
Deluge valve shall be UL listed and FM approved. Deluge valve shall have a working pressure of 250
PSI. Valve trim shall be compatible and installed following the manufacturer’s specifications.

3. Deluge Release System


Deluge valve shall utilize a UL listed and FM approved release system. One of the following methods
shall be incorporated in the release system:

a. Deluge systems utilizing hydraulic release of the deluge valve prime water pressure shall employ
a rate-of-rise release detector, fixed temperature release or fire sprinkler in the release line piping. Rate-
of-rise detector shall activate release when a rise of temperature of 9°C (15°F) over the period of one
minute is experienced. Rate-of-rise release shall have a means of installing a 68°C (155°F) fixed
temperature release on the device. Rate-of-rise release shall be automatically resetting. All devices
used in the hydraulic release line shall be UL listed and FM approved.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 25 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

b. Deluge systems utilizing pneumatic pilot line release systems shall employ a rate-of-rise release
detector, fixed temperature release or fire sprinkler in the release line piping. Rate-of-rise detector shall
activate release when a rise of temperature of 9°C (15°F) over the period of one minute is experienced.
Rate-of-rise release shall have a means of installing a 68°C (155°F) fixed temperature release on the
device. Rate-of-rise release shall be automatically resetting. All devices used in the pneumatic release
line shall be UL listed and FM approved.

c. Deluge systems utilizing electric release systems shall utilize a release control panel and
solenoid valve UL listed and FM approved for use with the Deluge Valve. Detectors shall be compatible
with release control panel.

4. Concentrate Controller (Proportioner)

Concentrate controller shall be a UL listed and FM approved device. Concentrate controller shall be
listed and approved with the foam concentrate to be proportioned and the foam bladder tank.
Concentrate controller shall be a brass, wafer type device. The concentrate controller shall be listed with
a nominal orifice plate size for the foam concentrate to be proportioned.

5. Foam Bladder Tank


The foam bladder tank employed in low flow foam system shall be an ASME code pressure vessel.
Foam bladder tank utilized shall have been listed for use with the foam concentrate and proportioning
method utilized. Foam bladder tank bladder shall be constructed of Buna-N rubber. Foam bladder tank
shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 11, The Standard for Low-Expansion Foam and
NFPA 16, The Standard for the Installation of Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems. Foam bladder
tank shall be UL listed and FM approved. Foam bladder tank to be a Vertical or Horizontal Foam
Bladder Tank.

6. Concentrate Control Valve


Deluge valves that are utilized as concentrate control valves and are to be supplied by AFFF or AR-
AFFF shall utilize a 90° pattern type of deluge valve manufactured with a corrosive resistant Halar
coating. Concentrate control valve shall be externally resettable by hydraulic means. Concentrate
control valve shall employ a pressure operated relief valve (PORV) on the priming line to release prime
pressure from the top of the deluge valve, PORV shall automatically reset and re-prime deluge valve
once back pressure has been removed. The inlet and outlet connections of deluge valve can be flanged
by flanged, flanged by grooved or threaded by threaded, respectively. Concentrate control deluge valve
shall have a working pressure of not less than 17 bar (250 PSI) unless listed for higher pressures.
Concentrate control valve shall be primed with an indicating control valve followed by an inline strainer,
check valve and a 1.6mm (1/16”) restricted orifice in line prior to the inline PORV. Concentrate control
valve trim shall be compatible and installed following the manufacturer’s specifications.

7. Foam Concentrate Piping


Foam concentrate piping shall be compatible with foam concentrate to be used. Foam provider shall be
consulted for acceptable materials of construction. Foam concentrate piping shall be designed for the
least equivalent feet of pipe run from bladder tank discharge outlet to proportioning device and water
supply to bladder tank. Excessive use of elbows and tees shall be avoided. Foam concentrate piping
shall be substantially secured and restrained against movement, thrust and vibration. Foam concentrate
piping shall be protected from excessive heat and freezing temperatures. Foam concentrate piping shall
be installed with a fitting such as a grooved coupling or union to be readily removed between
proportioning assembly and concentrate control valve.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 26 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

8. Foam Concentrate
Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AFFF) or Alcohol Resistant Aqueous Film Forming Foam (AR-AFFF) shall
be utilized. Water-soluble liquids shall be protected with Alcohol resistant type foam concentrate. Foam
concentrates shall be synthetic and stored in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Foam
concentrates shall be listed for use for the protection application imposed. Foam concentrates shall be
listed and approved for the discharge outlets utilized in the protection scheme. Foam concentrates shall
be UL listed and FM approved for use with Foam Proportioning System. Foam concentrates shall be
proportioned for a minimum 1% or 3% concentration in accordance with its listing.

9. Discharge Devices
Closed head sprinklers or nozzles that have been specifically tested and found suitable for the discharge
of low expansion synthetic foam/water solution shall be installed. Standard sprinklers or closed head
nozzles used for discharge outlets shall have been tested for minimum densities or minimum pressures
as foam/water solution discharge outlets. Discharge devices shall be UL listed or FM approved for the
application for which they are used. Closed head sprinklers and closed head nozzles shall be UL listed
or FM approved for use with the foam and the flammable liquid being protected.

10. Alarm Pressure Switch


Water flow will activate an alarm by way of an alarm pressure switch. The alarm pressure switch shall
be compatible with system devices. Alarm pressure enclosure shall be UL listed and FM approved for
the application in which it is used. Alarm pressure switch shall have the ability to be wired for Class A or
Class B service. Alarm pressure switch shall be constructed with a 13mm (½”) brass pressure
connection.

11. System Overhead Piping


Overhead sprinkler piping shall be in accordance with materials deemed acceptable by NFPA 13, The
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 16, The Standard for the Installation of Deluge
Foam-Water Sprinkler Systems and all other applicable building standards.

12. System Control Valve


Low Flow Foam system control valve shall consist of a listed indicating type of control valve. Control
valve shall be listed for use in fire protection systems. Control valve shall be rated for system working
water pressure but in no case shall be listed for pressure less than 12bar (175 PSI).

13. Hangers and Supports


System piping shall be substantially supported from the building structure. The installation of hangers
and supports shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 13, The Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems. Materials used in the installation or construction of hangers and supports shall be
listed and approved for such application. Hangers or supports not specifically listed for service shall be
designed and bear the seal of a professional engineer.

14. Drains and Flushing Connections


System drains shall adhere to the requirements set forth in NFPA 13, The Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems. Flushing connections shall be provided where system piping is subject to
accumulation of sediments or where periodic flushing is required by the local authority having
jurisdiction. System auxiliary drains shall be installed so that the drain valve is accessible and labelled
as a sprinkler system drain. Drains shall terminate to the exterior of the building where practical. Drains
that do terminate to the exterior shall be installed with a 45° elbow directed to a splash block or other
permanent erosion limiting material.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 27 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

15. Riser Test Connections


A test connection shall be provided on the system riser with a downstream isolation valve for the
purpose of testing foam proportioning. System test header shall be of adequate size for at least a mid-
range flow of the proportioning system. System test header shall be installed with a means of draining
any trapped sections of discharge piping subject to freezing.

16. System Supervision


Control valves larger than 50mm (2”) in size shall be equipped with UL listed and FM approved
supervisory switches. Control valves 50mm (2”) and smaller shall be sealed in the position of their
normal operating condition. Others shall execute the termination of supervisory switch wires.
Supervisory switches shall be Potter Electrical Signal Company Control Valve Supervisory Switch.

17. System Commissioning


Foam water sprinkler system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 11, NFPA 13, NFPA 16 and all
other applicable codes and jurisdictions. An owner’s representative, local fire officials and a
representative of the installing contractor shall witness foam-proportioning tests. Additional foam
concentrate shall be provided for testing by the installing contractor. The installing contractor shall
provide maintenance and material safety data sheets (MSDS) to the owner.

2.11 PRE-ACTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS

1. Install a complete double-interlocked pre-action sprinkler system where shown on the drawings.

2. System will require the activation of both the detection system and a sprinkler before allowing water to
flow into the sprinkler system piping.

3. System shall be supplied complete as a package with deluge and pre-action valves, double interlock,
sprinklers, smoke detectors, air compressor, check valve, valve trims, control panel and all accessories
and wiring.

4. Electric power to be from the nearest emergency power circuit.

5. Specialist contractor / supplier to do the testing and commissioning and issue the certificates required by
Engineer / Client and authority having jurisdiction.

2.12 Underground Piping

Piping and fittings used for the installation of underground water mains shall be listed for such service.
Local water system requirements shall be adhered to. Compatible fittings and connection methods shall
be reviewed with the water department authority. The standards of the AWWA and NFPA 24, The
Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances shall be minimum
installation guidelines.
2.13 deluge valve system for the central gas tank
1. Install a complete deluge valve system where shown on the drawings.

2. The system shall be installed by the specialist Contractor in accordance with NFPA and approvals of the
local authority having jurisdiction. The installation shall be carried out in a well coordinated manner
approved by the Engineer.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 28 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING

1. Keep piping free from scale and dirt. Do not split, bend, flatten nor otherwise injure the pipes
either before or during the installation. Do not bend or curve any pipe which will diminish the
waterway or alter the internal diameter of the pipe in any part.

2. Install all piping to provide maximum headroom.

3. Provide drum drips on system piping at low points and at any point where piping is trapped.

4. Where practicable, pipe work shall be carried out as the building proceeds, so as to minimize the
amount of cutting away and repairing.

5. Correctly position all necessary holes in walls, floors, ceilings, etc., for pipes and pipe supports.

6. The run and arrangement of all pipes shall be approximately as shown on the drawings and as
directed by the Engineer during installation.

7. Clearance between exposed pipes and the finished surface of wall, partition or ceiling, shall be
not less than 50mm.

8. Install reducing fittings to pumps, fixtures, etc., where pipe sizes shown or specified differ from
the connection sizes. Do not use bushings unless specifically agreed by the Engineer.

9. Plug off all ends of pipes to fixtures temporarily to prevent accumulation of dirt or stoppage of the
pipes with an agreed plug. Paper, wood rag, etc. shall not be used.

10. Arrange sprinkler cross mains to allow flushing in accordance with NFPA Standard 13.

11. Pitching of sprinkler piping for drainage.

1. All sprinkler piping and fittings to be installed so that system may be drained.

2. On wet systems, sprinkler piping may be installed level. Trapped fittings to be fitted with
drain valve.

12. Install and coordinate sprinkler head locations with the reflected ceiling plans and Architectural
wall elevations to ensure adequate coverage.

13. Upright and pendant sprinklers to be installed with deflectors parallel to ceilings and frames
parallel to pipe work, never across.

14. Sprinklers shall be transported, handled and stored with care to prevent mechanical damage.

15. Only special wrenches shall be used to tighten the sprinklers in fittings. Each sprinkler type shall
be provided with a special wrench supplied by manufacturer.

16. Sprinklers shall not be modified in any way nor have any type of ornamentation, coatings or paint
applied to them. No wiring or fixtures shall be attached to sprinklers or connecting pipework.

17. Hydrostatically test main headers and riser at 2068 kPa (300 psig), 344 kPa (50 psig) above the
maximum working pressure in accordance with NFPA Standard 13.

18. Provide at the most remote sprinkler point an inspector test port complete with pressure gauge.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 29 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

19. The overflow from fire tank to potable water tank shall be taken from the bottom of tank to allow
full re-circulation inside fire tank.

20. The following table will determine the spacing between support points for all piping on this
installation.

Nominal
Pipe Size Steel
mm in m ft

12 ( .5 ) .91 (3)
20 ( .75) .91 (3)
25 (1 ) .91 (3)
32 (1.25) 1.22 (4)
38 (1.5 ) 1.22 (4)
50 (2 ) 1.22 (4)
64 (2.5 ) 1.50 (5)
76 (3 ) 1.50 (5)
100 (4 ) 1.50 (5)
150 (6 ) 1.83 (6)
200 (8 ) 2.13 (7)

3.2 DRAINS

1. System drains and test connections: run to the nearest open drain in the building.

2. Route PRV drain line on pressure reducing station into the inspectors test and drain line.

3. Connect the base of the inspectors test and drain line and fire pump by-pass line back into the
Reservoir.

4. Connect drain from diesel engine into sanitary trench drain.

3.3 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS

1. Refer to drawings for location and types of extinguishers. Install brackets on firm backing as per
manufacturer's instruction. Install cabinets securely with flanges flush with finished wall
surfaces, recessed in wall as specified elsewhere and as shown on drawings.

3.4 HOSE CABINETS

1. Locate as shown on drawings with reference to Architectural wall elevations. Ensure valves are
no greater than 1000mm (39") above finished floor or as required by the Department of Civil
Defence. Labelling in accordance with the requirements of this section and to the approval of
the Department of Civil Defence.

3.5 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE STATIONS

1. Arrange piping and equipment to provide adequate service accessibility and minimum space
requirements.

3.6 PUMP SETS

1. Install packaged pump sets in locations where they are readily accessible for maintenance and
servicing. Refer to manufacturers instructions and applicable codes for proper arrangement and
connections. Mount the pump control panel in a location providing at least 1 m (3') clear space
in front of the panel.
________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 30 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Provide the services of the pump manufacturer for field testing of the pumps, motor, diesel
engine, and controllers.

3. Provide a full flow test to the fire reservoir, and plot the actual pump performance curve. Comply
with all other testing procedures as required by the Dubai Department of Civil Defence and
NFPA Standard 20 or equivalent British Standard.

4. Perform all testing in the presence of the Authorities, the Employer and the Engineer. Submit all
test results to the Engineer.

3.7 ANCHORING

1. Provide joint anchors, thrust protection, etc. at all critical points in the piping systems throughout
the building designed to withstand hydraulic shock and stresses produced by the pumping
system. Submit anchor and thrust block design for review by the Engineer.

3.8 LABELLING

1. Refer to the applicable section of the specification and comply therewith.

2. Label all sprinkler systems at the flow switch identifying the zone number. Coordinate zone
numbers with Division 16 to match numbers on the fire alarm annunciator panel.
3. Label all sprinkler and standpipe zone and riser isolation valves. Mount design information as
well as the 'As-built' schematic diagram near the labelling point or at base of riser or adjacent to
pump set in a glazed frame.

4. Label all piping throughout the building, ie. "sprinkler", "Inspector test", etc. in both Arabic and
English languages.

3.9 SITE VISITS BY CIVIL DEFENCE DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL

1. During the construction period the Department of Civil Defence shall be called to make
inspections and recommendations. The Department of Civil Defence shall be called to inspect
any pipe work that is to be subsequently hidden by false ceiling or enclosed within duct, or buried
under ground. This work shall be carried out in a way as to call the Department of Civil Defence
as few times as possible.

3.10 HYDRAULIC DESIGN

1. Sprinkler systems designed to incorporate a booster pump system.

2. Limit pressure to Civil Defence fire hose to 7.0 BAR and 8.5 BAR to sprinkler system. Limit
pressure to occupants fire hose cabinets to 4.5 BAR. Use approved pressure reducing valve
stations as specified.

3.11 SPRINKLER ZONING

1. Generally provide sprinkler zoning as defined on the drawings.

3.12 ELECTRIC WIRING

1. Coordinate and cooperate with Division 16 regarding inter connections for alarm points.

2. Division 16 wiring will include wiring to

1. All supervisory valve contacts.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 31 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. All flow indicating contacts.

3. All pre-action valves contacts.

3. This Contractor wiring will include

1. Fire pump pressure control.

2. Indication to BMS from fire pump controllers.

3. Automatic reservoir level control.

4. Wiring to be carried out to criteria established in Division 16.

3.13 DEMONSTRATION TEST

1. Demonstrate the sprinkler system to the Employer and Department of Civil Defence by:

1. Igniting a controlled, supervised, small fire, or provide a simulating heat source to the
sprinkler system at highest sprinklered floor prior to the installation of any mechanical or
electrical equipment.

2. Time the period between ignition and sprinkler operation.


3. Allow sprinkler to run until fire is put out or temperature simulated heat source is
diminished to room temperature.

4. Record results of test.

2. Repeat test to satisfaction of Employer and Department of Civil Defence.

3. Clean up and remove all smoke damage.

4. Make good the sprinkler system.

5. Engineer to witness demonstration.

6. Coordinate date and time of inspection with the concerned authorities and the Engineer.

3.14 TRAINING

1. Provide ten day training program to selected Employer personnel.

2. Training program to include but not be limited to:

1. Reservoir filling system from city water supply.

2. Reservoir filling system from Civil Defence pumper connection.

3. Standpipe and sprinkler distribution system.

4. Pressure regulating stations adjustments and pressure relief devices.

5. Zone fire line testing.

6. Fire pump flow testing.

7. Jockey pump.

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 32 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document Umm
Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

8. Fire pump motor driven.

9. Fire pump diesel driven.

10. Fire pumps control.

11. Domestic reservoir as reserved source of fire water.

12. Manual chemical extinguishers.

13. Fire hose cabinets.

14. Maintenance of all components.

15. Periodic checking of operating pressures.

16. Systems interface with Building Management System.

17. Troubles shooting.

18. Fire management with hoses and sprinklers.

END OF SECTION

________________________________________________________________________________________________
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15300 – Fire Protection Page 33 of 33
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15400 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals
1.5 Design criteria

PART 2 PRODUCTS

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 General

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 1 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Supply and installation of air conditioning systems ductwork and accessories, piping,
valves and fittings to provide a complete functional system and achieving the design
criteria indicated in this specification. In summary this shall include but not be limited to:

1. Ducted split units.

2. Packaged units.

3. Decorative split units.

2. Refer to other sections of the specifications which will relate with these systems such as:

1. Vibration isolation

2. Noise Control

3. Insulation

4. Air distribution
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 2 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. HVAC Controls

6. Electric wiring Division 16

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. Qualifications: Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen regularly


employed in the installation of air conditioning equipment listed above and pressure
piping systems related to installed equipment.

2. Materials supplied under this contract shall be new and selected specifically for this
project by manufacturers having at least ten years experience in the production of specific
items of equipment supplied.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to the applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submittals with Tender Documents.

1. Refer to section 15010.

3. Submit Assembly drawings and Technical data sheets for all equipment including but not
limited to:
1. Ducted and decorative Fan coil units

2. Package units.

3. Inertia Sand Filter & Louvres.

4. Extract and supply fans / ducting

5. Fans

4. Submit manufacturer's technical product data for each piece of equipment showing
dimensions, weights, capacities, ratings, performance with operating point clearly
indicated, motor electrical characteristics, gauges and finishes of materials, and
installation instructions.

5. Submit sound level ratings for each rotating and electrical item for all frequency bands at
10-12 W (i.e. 1 Pico Watt)

6. Submit manufacturer's electrical requirements for power supply wiring to equipment


supplied. Submit manufacturer's ladder-type wiring diagrams for interlock and control
wiring. Clearly differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory installed and
portions to be field installed.

7. Submit reports of shop tests of pumps, FAHU’s, & CCU’s to the satisfaction of the
Engineer.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 3 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA

Design, in general, shall be based on ASHRAE standard with the following particular
requirements:

1. External Condition : Summer - 46oC db 29oC wb.


Winter not applicable

2. Internal Conditions :

Flats - db 23oC +0.5oC 50% RH +2%


Plant Rooms - db 27oC +2oC
HV+LV Switch - db 27oC +2oC

3. Noise Levels :

Type of Area NC

Mechanical & Electrical Plant Rooms 45


Corridors, Lobbies, Toilets and kitchen 40
Living and bed Room 35

Noise level shall be achieved at high speed selection of FCU

4. Ventilation requirements

Actual quantities as shown on drawings.


.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1.1 AIR COOLED SPLIT SYSTEM UNIT – DUCTED TYPE (Only R 410 A)
Casing construction shall be acoustically lined sheet steel finished externally with baked
enamel and sufficiently stiffened to eliminate vibration.

Readily removable panels shall be provided and internal equipment shall be laid out so that all
internal equipment is easily accessible for maintenance or replacement.

Access panel location shall be compatible with the plant layout to maintain adequate working
clearances not less than those published in the manufacturer’s data.

The refrigeration circuits shall include a liquid line filter drier and a thermostatic expansion
valve or capillary tube.

The accepted Refrigerant only R 410 A, with the Best EER values in the industry

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 4 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

A condensate drain pan treated to resist corrosion and suitable to catch all condensate and any
moisture carry over from the coil shall be provided.

Fans shall be forward curve, double inlet, centrifugal type with adjustable speed belt drive and
adequate provision fro belt tensioning. The adjustable pulley shall have provision to reliably
secure the final setting ( or multispeed direct drive fan assembly).

Motor design, marking, rating, performance and testing shall be in accordance with Relevant
British Standards. Motors shall be designed to have a winding temperature rise to class B
requirements and be provided with class F insulation.

The unit shall be prewired to relevant British Standards complete with contactors, overloads
and control circuit fuses and shall have a terminal including an earth connection for filed
wiring of both power and controls.

Units shall incorporate thermal overloads for fan motors and compressors, manually reset high
pressure cutouts, thermistors with lockout circuiting, low pressure controls with lock out
provision, start to start timers (5-10 mins).

Provide full octave band sound power data for the units along with the shop drawings to
substantiate that no unit, if installed in an anechoic chamber would generate any more noise
than is listed in the Technical Schedule or that required satisfy the noise levels specified under
design criteria.

Unit casing shall be insulated throughout including the condensate tray, with a minimum
13mm fiberglass with scrim finish, bonded to the casting.

The air cooled split unit shall be a single zone type with reverse cycle.

Unless stated otherwise, refrigerant pipes (both) and condensate drain from the unit shall be
copper, insulated with 19mm armaflex, metal sheathed and painted.

2.1.2 VRF UNITS

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The variable capacity systems shall be (cool/heat) direct expansion, air cooled, R410a AC
system. The system shall consist of outdoor unit, multiple indoor units of different
configuration (, 4way, 2way,1 way cassette, ceiling and wall mounted, ducted, floor standing) ,
and individual or simple/advance control system .The outdoor unit shall be vertical discharge
380/415 volt, three phase unit. Each indoor unit or group of indoor units shall be
independently controlled.

QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. The units shall be approved by the 3rd party institute for safety.
B. All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electrical Code (N.E.C.).
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 5 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

C. The units shall be manufactured in a facility registered to ISO 9001 and ISO14001
which is a set of standards applying to environmental protection set by the International
Standard Organization (ISO).
D. A required charge of R-410A for the condensing unit only shall be provided in the
condensing unit.
E. Equipment shall be strictly manufactured by original brand. OEM is not accepted.
F. Equipment manufacturer should have its own training center in UAE

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING


A. Unit shall be stored and handled according to the manufacturer’s recommendation

Manufacturer shall have a minimum of fifteen years of HVAC experience in the Global
market.
The VRF system shall be installed by a manufacture authorized VRF dealer with extensive
manufacture installation and service training. The mandatory contractor service and install
training should be performed by the manufacturer.

The system should consist of high efficient All inverter scroll vapor injection type compressor

All indoor units connected with outdoor shall be capable of operating separately with
individual temperature control with preciseness of + 0.5 OC. The sum of total indoor unit
connected capacity shall range from 50% to 130% of outdoor unit rated capacity.

The piping branching shall be connected with manufacturer’s provided Y-joint branching or
header joint branching.

Outdoor units
Outdoor unit shall be modular in design and should be allowed for side by side installation
irrespective of any capacity order with provision for piping connection at the front / side or at
the bottom.

The casing(s) shall be fabricated of galvanized steel, bonderized and finished with a
Powder coated baked enamel and shall have an IP protection of “IPX4” rating

Gas and liquid both refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit shall be insulated.
Outdoor unit shall be able to connect up to 64 indoor units depending upon model.

Refrigerant flow from the outdoor unit shall be controlled by means of all inverter driven
Vapor type Scroll compressor having asymmetric scroll design with Sequential compressing, 4
way valve, plate type heat exchanger intercooler, oil separator, electronic expansion valves,
solenoid valves and refrigerant cooling system.

System can increase refrigerant flow rate to boost capacity and efficiency by using vapor
injection function. In addition, intelligent defrost function optimize the system not to enter
inefficient defrosting cycle.
Outdoor unit should be able to control target evaporating temperature within specified range
by means of switch setting in outdoor PCB as programmed by manufacturer.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 6 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

System should use vapor injection system to increase refrigerant flow rate in compressor to
increase efficiency.
Smaller capacities outdoor units shall have 1 no inverter driven scroll compressor and one
direct drive variable speed inverter driven propeller type fan except 12 HP which is having 2
no’s fans.
Larger outdoor units shall have 2 no’s inverter driven scroll compressor and 2 direct drive
variable speed inverter driven propeller type fan.

Outdoor unit control PCB must be cooled by means of refrigerant with multiple circuits for
complete PCB board cooling, specific requirements for Middle East.
All compressors shall be “soft start” and Inverter driven. Fix speed compressor shall not be
acceptable.

Outdoor unit should be able to perform pump down and pump out operation to save refrigerant
amount.
Outdoor unit should have a backup operation in case of one compressor failure in one unit.
The outdoor unit shall be capable of operating from -5 OC to 54 OC in cooling mode and from
-20 OC to 24 OC in heating mode without additional low ambient kit.
The outdoor unit shall have an high efficiency oil separator, oil return circuit and
microprocessor based logic controls to ensure adequate oil amount in the compressor. The
running compressor should retain sufficient oil from other compressor or other module.

The operating time of each compressor in a system should be equal to ensure high reliability
and capacity control. The capacity shall be completely variable down to 14Hz.
The transition from one compressor to another compressor should be seamless without
reducing its capacity
Each Compressor should operate on different frequency to avoid resonance effect.
The system should share operating time for each compressor and minimize cycle to keep
compressor life same for each compressor.
System should ensure stable and equal oil balancing without requiring an extra oil balancing
line between outdoor units in a system.
Access to the internal components of outdoor unit shall be from removable panels. A window
should be there in outer casing to access main PCB and display

Outdoor unit shall be able to operate in night mode by manual or automatic settings any
accessory with reduced sound level as compared to normal sound operation. The Outdoor unit
should be capable to control fan speed by 3 logics & reduce as low as 40% with the inverter
drive to achieve silent operation less than 50 dB.
If an alternate is selected, any additional material, cost, and labor to meet published sound
levels shall be incurred by the contractor.

The casing shall be fabricated of more than 0.8T thickness coated galvanized steel, bonderized
and finished. The casing should have passed the rating of IPX4.

R410A refrigerant shall be required for VRF systems. The outdoor unit should be shipped with
adequate amount of pre charged refrigerant from factory. The additional refrigerant shall be
added in the system on the basis of piping length and indoor unit as per manufacturer
description. The system shall operate with Refrigerant R410A, the refrigerant shall be a
zeotropic blend constituted of a maximum of two different refrigerants providing a maximum
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 7 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

temperature glide of less than 0.17K to avoid fractionation problems

Each outdoor unit module shall be furnished with minimum one direct drive multi blade low
noise level DC inverter variable speed fan. All fans should be dynamically and statically
balanced
Condenser fan motor shall operate electronically by calculating demand from indoor unit and
the sensing ambient temperature, operating pressures and operational temperature
The condenser fan shall be directly coupled and driven by drip proof permanently lubricated
DC motor. Condenser fan motor should be thermal and current protected.
The condenser fan shall have at least 78 Pa External static pressure to deal various
installations.

The condenser coil shall be of nonferrous construction with lanced or corrugated plate fins on
copper tubing. Fins shall have internal grooving to increase heat transfer area and efficiency.
Condenser coil shall be made of copper tube with 7 (8~16HP) / 8 (18-20HP) mm diameter &
aluminum fin with 1.7pitch (8~16HP) / 1.8 pitch (18~20HP) and mix condenser fin pitch and
type( 22 & 24 HP) or less to suit Middle East conditions and shall have a factory applied blue-
fin finish with hydrophilic coating.
The heat exchanger must be UL certified as per Test method B of ISO21207:
Salt contaminated condition + severe industrial or traffic environment

The outdoor coil shall have the provision of main heat exchange coil and sub heat exchange
coil for better heat exchange efficiency.

Each outdoor unit module shall be equipped with one or more highly efficient inverter driven
vapor injection type scroll compressors. Scroll should be having asymmetric design type.
A crankcase heater(s) shall be factory mounted on the compressor(s). Compressor rotor
rotation should be able to rotate up to 9600 rpm to achieve maximum efficiency even at high
ambient conditions.
The shaft of compressor shall be made of highly strong material Brinell Hardness (HB) of 269
in order to achieve 9600rpm.

The compressor shall be electronically controlled up to 160Hz from inverter circuit having the
capability to vary its speed on part load conditions to create a comfortable environment subject
to minimal temperature variations.

The following safety devices shall be part of the condensing unit:


Fuses
Crankcase heater
Current sensor
Thermal protectors for compressor and fan motor
High pressure switch
High pressure sensor
Low pressure sensor
Recycling guard timer
Oil Recovery system
Compressor suction and discharge temperature sensor
Compressor Top sensor
IPMI(Intelligent Power Module) Temperature sensor

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 8 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

The system shall be suitable for operating on 230 (220-240) Volts / 50 Hz / 1 phase for Indoor
units and 400 (380-415) Volts /50Hz /3 phase for the condensing unit.
The outdoor unit shall work in the range of + 10 % of the specified voltage.

The control circuit between the indoor units, outdoor unit and control device shall be capable
of using a 2-core non shielded cable to provide total integration of the system and cost
effective solution for control cabling. System should accept non-shielded cable.

The equipment manufacturer shall be fully certified and registered to comply in the areas of
CE, ISO9001 and ISO14001.

Indoor units
Each indoor unit shall be of 1-way air discharge cassette type, 2-way air discharge cassette
type, 4-way air discharge cassette type, 4-way air discharge compact cassette type, Low static
pressure ducted type, Medium static pressure ducted type, high static pressure ducted type,
under ceiling type, high wall type (With Electronic valve inside and outside options). All
indoor units shall be provided with necessaries to facilitate the installation properly.
Occupancy sensor and drain pumps shall be as an accessory for respective units.

Indoor unit shall be specifically used with VRF R410A systems. These units shall be equipped
with a PCB that interfaces with the outdoor unit and give demand feedback to outdoor unit.
Each indoor unit shall be able to operate on wired or wireless remote control and shall be
connected with advance controls networking.

Each indoor unit shall be equipped with Internal factory installed and tested electronic
expansion valve and sensors to control the refrigerant flowing in the unit and maintain a
precise constant temperature of +0.5 0C. The unit shall have a self-diagnostic function, 3-
minute time delay mechanism, an auto restart function

All Ducted unit and AHU kit shall be controllable by “discharge temperature sensor” to meet
the set condition accurately.

Each indoor unit shall be fully or partially insulated to avoid condensation.

The evaporator fan shall be of the multi-blade type with its performance designed to match the
coil performance. Evaporator fan motor shall be electronically and thermally protected The fan
shall be statically and dynamically balanced to ensure low noise and vibration operations. It
shall be driven by a permanently lubricated motor and shall operate on 220‐ 240 volts single
phase 50 Hz. Each unit shall be run tested at the factory

Resin net (washable) type air filter shall be provided for under ceiling type, hi-wall type and
floor standing type fan coil units. Long life type air filter shall be provided for cassette type fan
coil units.

The Control Network Solution consists of individual controllers, system controllers, and
integrated management system. The Control Network Solution shall support operation
monitoring, scheduling, error monitor, power distribution, personal browsers, tenant billing,
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 9 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

online maintenance support, and integration with Building Management Systems (BMS) using
either LonWorks® or BACnet® interfaces.

Wired remote controller shall control the following grouped operations:


On/Off, Operation mode (Auto, cool, heat, dry, and fan), temperature set point, fan speed
setting and airflow direction setting.
It shall support a weekly operating schedule up to 42 schedules and support an On Off timer. It
shall support temperature display selection of Fahrenheit or Celsius.
It shall be able to limit the set temperature range and sensed at either The Wired remote
controller or the Indoor Unit dependent on the Wired remote controller service mode setting.
It shall display a three-digit error code in the event of system abnormality/error.
It shall only be used in the same group with a same wired remote controller up to two remote
controllers per group.
It shall require no addressing.
It shall connect using two-wire (2-wire line communication), untwisted, non-polar control wire
to the connection terminal on the indoor unit.

The Touch centralized controller shall control Max.128 indoor units. User can create control
zone up to 12 zones. The Touch centralized controller shall have basic operation controls
which can be applied to an individual indoor unit, a zone of indoor units or all indoor units.
This basic control set of operation controls shall include on/off, operation mode selection
(auto, cool, heat, dry, and fan), temperature setting, fan speed setting, airflow direction setting,
error notification. Since The Touch centralized controller provides centralized control, it shall
be able to enable or disable operation of local remote controllers. In terms of scheduling, it
shall allow the user to define weekly schedules with operations consisting of ON/OFF, mode
selection, fan speed, temperature setting, permit/prohibit of wireless/wired remote controllers.
The Touch centralized controller should equipped with digital input points for Force-OFF &
External ON-OFF. It should provide operation monitoring & Alarm digital output signal.

The Wi-Fi controller shall provide exclusive mobile application. The Wi-Fi controller controls
Max.16 indoor units using mobile application. User can create control group up to 16 groups.
The Wi-Fi controller shall have basic operation controls which can be applied to an individual
indoor unit, a group of indoor units or all indoor units. This basic control set of operation
controls shall include on/off, operation mode selection (auto, cool, heat, dry, and fan),
temperature setting, fan speed setting, airflow direction setting, error notification and filter
cleaning alarm. In terms of scheduling, it shall allow the user to define weekly schedules with
operations consisting of ON/OFF, mode selection temperature setting. The Wi-Fi controller
shall display current/daily/weekly/monthly energy usage data of outdoor unit.

The Advance Central Controller shall be capable of controlling a maximum of 256 indoors via
a PC. The Advance Central Controller is Web-based Controller. User can access The Advance
Central Controller' web page via internet. The Advance Central Controller shall support the
remote controllers, system configuration, 1-day/daily/weekly scheduling, monitoring of
operation status, error display and malfunction monitoring. The Advance Central Controller
shall have basic operation controls which can be applied to an individual indoor unit, a group
of indoor units (up to 256 indoor units), or all indoor units (collective batch operation). This
basic control set of operation controls for the Advance Central Controller shall include on/off,
operation mode selection (auto, cool, heat, dry, and fan), temperature setting, fan speed setting,
airflow direction setting, error email notification, and online maintenance. Since The Advance
Central Controller provides centralized control, it shall be able to enable or disable operation
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 10 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

of local remote controllers via the PC. In terms of scheduling, The Advance Central Controller
shall allow the user to define 1-day, daily, and annual schedules with operations consisting of
ON/OFF, mode selection, temperature setting, permit/prohibit of wireless/wired remote
controllers.
The Advance Central Controller should equip with digital input points for Force-OFF &
External ON-OFF. It should provide operation monitoring & Alarm digital output signal. And
it provides additional digital input and output to control and monitor 3rd party equipment. The
Advance Central Controller shall provide power distribution for each indoor unit.
The Advance Central Controller shall provide the customizable logit edit function. Depending
on user setting condition, indoor unit can be controlled.

BMS Interface:
VRF system should be compatible with third party Building Management System using
following BMS protocol Gateway / Interface.
• Modbus RTU
• LonWorks
• BACnet/IP
• KNX / EIB

The LonWorks gateway shall support up to 128 indoor units/ERVs support with a variety of
network variables on a per indoor unit basis. The BACnet gateway shall support up to 256
indoor units/ERVs support with a variety of network variables on a per indoor unit basis.
Modubus RTU and KNX/EIB gateway shall support up to 64 indoor units.

Through the external contact interface module, user can control indoor unit by external contact
signal. Using this function indoor unit operation can be interlocked with 3rd party device such
as key-tag, window. Depending on contact status, indoor unit shall be turned on or off. Also
wireless/wired remote controller restriction shall be activated by contact status. Indoor unit
operation/error state shall be output through relay contacts

2.2 FANS

2.2.1 CENTRIFUGAL FAN.

2.2.1.1 Furnish, install and connect up complete, all supply, return, exhaust, transfer and exhaust fans.
All fans shall be of the non-overloading centrifugal type.

2.2.1.2 Fans shall have direction of rotation, discharge direction indicated on the casing. Fan
arrangement shall be selected to suit the space conditions.

2.2.1.3 Fan housing shall be rigidly built and braced. Where fan scroll is 480 mm or more in width
provide access door with frame and gasket. All access doors shall be so fabricated that the
inner surface is flush with the inside of the scroll. Raised frame doors of the pan type shall be
provided on all fans where insulation is required. The doors shall be secured to the frame by
hand-grip latches and shall be provided with lift handles. Bolted doors are not acceptable,

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 11 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.2.1.4 Fans shall not produce excessive noise as compared to units of like size and power when used
in conjunction with the specified vibration isolation. Fan manufacturers shall furnish for
approval for each fan, certified sound power ratings with an octave band analysis and also the
volume- horsepower- pressure characteristic curves from shut-off to free delivery. Wheels
shall have ample strength and shall be statically and dynamically balanced to avoid vibration
and shall have blades designed to ensure quiet efficient operation.

2.2.1.5 Fans, unless otherwise indicated, shall be belted to respective motors by "V" belt drives. Sheaves
shall be cast steel. Drives requiring 2 grooves or more shall have variable pitch motor sheaves
and companion type fan sheaves. Belts shall have a rated capacity of not less than 150% of the
motor horsepower. All "V" belt drives for integral horsepower motors shall have not less than
two belts and shall have sufficient belt capacity to drive fans with one belt broken. Sheave ratio
shall be selected so that top fan speed is not less than 105% and not more than 110% of rated
speed. Drives for fractional horsepower motors may have one belt rated at 200% of motor
horsepower. If to balance an air system, a fan other than the one provided should be required,
necessary changes shall be made in the "V" belt drive by the Contractor at his expense. Supply
and install belt guards of perforated metal, or as approved, for all sheaves and belts. Belt guards
shall be grommetted at fan and motor shafts for ease in taking tachometer readings.

2.2.1.7 All fans shall carry the AMCA, or similar approved Certification Association performance and
construction seal.

2.2.1.8 All fans shall be factory coated with one coat of primer and one coat of machine enamel. The
interior of all fans and all wheels shall be painted as per manufacturer's standard.

2.2.1.9 All fans discharging directly up through the roof shall be equipped with a 38 mm casing drain
which shall be piped to the nearest floor drain.

2.2.1.10 All fans scheduled to be arranged as belted vent sets shall have overhung wheels and
motors mounted on a common base with the bearings. All such belted vent sets shall be
furnished with weatherproof motor housings where located outdoors.

2.2.1.11All double width, double inlet fans shall be provided with galvanized steel inlet guard screens.

2.2.2 AXIAL FAN.

2.2.2.1 Axial flow fans shall be capable of giving the design flow when tested to B.S. 848.

2.2.2.2 Each fan shall be supplied with a suitably rated contactor/ starter/ isolator of approved pattern.

2.2.2.3 Fan casings shall be constructed of mild steel plates with angle stiffeners, with the casing hot
dip galvanized after manufacture. The inlets and outlets of the axial flow fans shall be flanged
for connection to the system. A drain plug shall be fitted and the casing designed to permit
removal of the impeller.

2.2.2.4 An access door is to be provided on the casings of all fans. Casings shall cover both impeller
and motor so that fans can be removed without disturbing adjacent ductwork or other
components of the system. A flameproof external terminal box shall be fitted on the casing.

2.2.2.5 All lubrication points are to be extended to the outside of the casing and in a position that will
permit access in relation to the adjacent plant, services or building structure.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 12 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.2.2.6 Impellers shall be die cast in Aluminium alloy and X-rayed during manufacture. The impellers
shall be capable of running continuously at 20% in excess of the rated speed. The impeller
shall be keyed and locked onto the shaft, which shall be statically and dynamically balanced
and tested at overspeed before dispatch from the Manufacturer's works.

2.2.2.7 Flexible connections shall be supplied and installed at both inlet and outlet of each fan.

2.2.2.8 The fan bearings shall be of the sleeve type wherever possible. The bearings are to be truly
aligned and rigidly mounted on to the casing.

2.2.2.9 Graphs of the performance curve of each fan are to be forwarded to the Consultant together
with a test report on the sound level at three diameters in a free field condition prior to the
order being confirmed.

2.2.2.10 Blade angle shall be adjustable over at least a 30 degree range, with markings at the
root to indicate the blade angle.

2.2.2.11 Axial flow fans are to be driven by electric motors of commercially silent pattern
carrying a Makers guarantee in this respect. The motors shall be totally enclosed, fan cooled.

2.2.2.12 All motors are to be positioned to permit effective ventilation of the motor and all
component parts of the fan and motor are to be suitable to withstand the temperature
conditions expected in the fan.

2.2.2.13 Electrical connections to the motors shall be in a totally enclosed terminal box secured
to the exterior of the casing. Wiring within the axial flow fans shall be suitable for the
conditions within the casings.

2.2.2.14 Suitable steel support is to be provided for each fan, and the frame is to be fabricated
from rolled steel channel with adequate cross members for bolting the fan into position. The
frame shall be of welded construction with anti-vibration mountings.
2.2.2315
The anti-vibration mountings are to be rubber in shear pattern and of a type that are bolted to
both the fan and the support

2.2.3 WINDOW /WALL AXIAL FANS.

Axial fan to be complete with gravity automatic shutter, grille, wall or windows mounting kit
to suit application. Fan motor shall have self lubricated bearings and thermal cut out.

2.3 DECORATIVE SPLIT UNITS

The capacity of decorative units should be as per the tender drawings and the contractor to
submit detailed technical submittal for consultant review and approval.

2.4 PACKAGED AIRCONDITIONING UNITS R ( 410 A only )

1. Units shall be factory fabricated complete with the following.

- Refrigerant of R 410 A only


- Fan section with centrifugal airfoil or forward curved fan as specified, DWDI design.
- V-belt drive and belt guard.
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 13 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

- Pre-cool coil section where specified.


- Cooling coil section.
- Stainless steel condensate pan section.
- Flat filter section with filters.
- Bag filter section with filters where specified.
- Mixing box section with ultra low leakage dampers, where shown or specified.
- Sandtrap louver section, where shown on specified.
- All necessary access doors into fan section, cooling coil section and mixed air sections.
- 410 mm wide access section between two cooling coil sections.

2. Casing: Constructed of pre-coated anodized aluminum casing on both interior and exterior of
unit. Complete unit shall be supported from pre-coated aluminum channels and be capable of
being supported from piers. Unit shall be double skin construction with 50mm insulation
complying with NFPA 90A. Anti-corrosion coating on unit casing shall be capable of withstanding
the aggressive corrosive environment experienced along sea costs. Other features shall be the same
as specified for indoor packaged air handling units.

3. Fan section, coil section, flat filter section, bag cartridge filter section mixing section shall be
the same as specified for indoor packaged air handling units.

4. Electric Reheat Coil Section: Electric heater shall be factory pre-wired and supplied complete
with fused disconnect switch, SCR controls, auto reset high limit switch, sail switch, fan motor
interlock, weatherproof control panel to NEMA 3R removable stainless steel wire screen to protect
heater element strip (in the low voltage section of the panel) ready for interfacing with DDC
controls as supplied under the Thermostatic controls section. The heater controls shall respond to
0-10 vdc and / or 4-20 mA dc analogue signal from the DDC panels. Heater element shall be
constructed of heavy duty nickel chromium wired to silicon control rectifiers (SCR) for
modulating control operation. Provide a 300 mm spacer between cooling coil and electric coil.

5. Sandtrap louver shall be fabricated from 316 stainless steel and be complete with sand chute
and 12 x 12 mm mesh screen of stainless steel construction. The louver are shall be sized for
pressure drop of not greater that 50 pa.

6. Execution

1. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Provide letter from
manufacturer certifying acceptance of installation.
2. Provide air-handling units in accordance with air handling units schedule.
3. Submit external static pressure calculations based on actual shop drawings for review before
final selection or ordering of units.
4. Provide neoprene isolators between base of unit and concrete supports.
5. Pipe condensate pan drain outlet to floor drain complete with minimum 75mm deep seal trap.

2.5 FRESH AIR HANDLING UNIT with Condensing Unit ( R 410 A _

1. GENERAL

a. The contractor shall supply and install single zone double skin air handling units (s) suitable for
operation in the climate and conditions of UAE, as shown on the drawings, capacities are
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 14 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

indicated on the drawings.

b. Each unit shall consist of supply and exhaust fans, motor, v-belt drive, cooling-coils, enthalpy and
sensible heat wheels drain pan, filters and necessary controls to achieve the design conditions.

c. The unit shall be mounted on a suitable base. The contractor shall submit details of bases,
mountings and connections to the engineer for approval.

d. The unit(s) shall be of the draw thru medium pressure type.

e. The contractor shall confirm to the engineer the total static pressure of the fans after the
engineer’s approval on the air handler and after preparing the shop drawings.

2. CASING CONSTRUCTION

1. Units shall be rigid double skinned panels, with Aluminium thermally broken penta-post frame.

2. Unit dimensions shall be based on standard internationally recognised filter size.

3. The unit casework panels shall have staggered assembly to ensure resistance to torsion
and stability of unit operation at all pressures upto 2000 PA.

4. Each panel shall be totally double skinned using as standard gage22/20 galvanised sheet
steel for both internal and external surfaces. External sheet shall be PVC pre painted.

5. Each panel shall contain a minimum of 50 mm thick fibre mineral wool insulation slabs
having a minimum density of 40 kg/m³ or 60 kg/m³ respectively. Insulation shall be held in
place both mechanically using studs and chemically using adhesive on both panels.

6. Each panel shall have a maximum heat transfer coefficient “U” value of 0.80 W/m²k,
according to din 4108. The minimum sound transmission loss shall be 32 DB according to
din 52201, fire classification to be A1 according to DIN 4102.

7. Each panel shall have its own pre-formed, integral frame complete with galvanised steel
captive nuts for assembly. The panel shall be constructed without welded seams, spot welds
or open leading edges to ensure good corrosion resistance.

8. The complete assembled casing shall be mounted on a continuous base frame constructed
from Aluminium extruded section or structural steel beams adequately treated for rust
proofing.

9. Access doors or removable panels shall have the same construction as the unit case-work.
Hinges and camlock fasteners shall be made from a tough, durable synthetic plastic. Each
door shall have a hollow body rubber edge seal (12 mm wide), mechanically bonded to the
door edge.

10. Weatherproof units for outdoor installation as per drawing shall utilise (50 mm) double
skinned panels with stiffening sections and rubber seals fully integrated into each panel.
Sandwich panels shall be totally enclosed and rot resistant without rough edges giving
smooth interior and exterior surface. This is in addition to the specifications above.

11. Weatherproof units for outdoor installation as per drawing shall have the panels assembled
on a channel base frame. Hot dipped galvanised and painted roof with 100 mm overhang
shall cover the entire unit. Roof and base frame will be factory supplied with the units.

12. Fresh air handling Units shall be provided with galvanised steel intake louver, having a bird
screen, and a self powered mechanical constant air volume regulator.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 15 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. FAN SECTION

1. The case work shall be as described under casing construction above.

2. Fan impellers shall be backward curved aerofoil blade, all fans shall be statically and
dynamically balanced before mounting in the casing.

3. The fan scroll shall be constructed from galvanised steel or enamel painted steel .

4. The fan and motor mounting frame shall be constructed from galvanised steel. The motor
mounting shall allow easy adjustment of the fan belts and be complete with adjustment bolts.

5. The complete fan and motor assembly shall be independently mounted inside the section
casing using seismic rated anti-vibration isolators. Canvas flexible connections shall be
furnished between the fan outlet and the casing.

4. COOLING COIL SECTION ( R 410 A only )

1. The case work shall be as described under casing construction above.

2. The cooling coil and drain pan shall be removable as one piece, with the coil mounted inside
the tray. The drain pan shall be stainless steel, and shall be mounted on slide rails for easy
removable and to ensure that the drain pan does not rest on the unit case-work.

3. Drain pan shall have a threaded, extended connection piece, sealed to the unit casing with
heavy duty PVC Gasket. The drain pans shall be extended type.

4. Cooling coils shall be fabricated using seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to high
efficiency aluminium fins. fins spacing shall be 2mm as a minimum.

5. Coil headers shall be fabricated from seamless steel tube treated twice for high quality anti-
corrosion protection. All coil headers shall have threaded, extended pipe connections as
standard, with heavy duty PVC Dealing Gaskets where the connections pass through the
casing, rendering the joint air-tight.

6. All cooling coils shall be tested to not less than 250 PSIG (17.01 BAR) pressure or 1.5 times
the working pressure before installation into the casing.

7. The face velocity shall not exceed 2.6 M/S.

8. Eliminator section shall be provided as a standard feature for each unit.

9. Provide plugged connections in headers to allow fitting of drain cocks/air vents and provide
coil complete with venting and draining devices.

10. Condensing unit with R 410 A refrigerant only

5. FILTER SECTION

1. The case work shall be as described under casing construction above.

2. The casing shall contain built-in standard filter frames which accept internationally
recognised filter dimensions (Multiples of 610 x 305 mm) the filter frames shall be bolted
directly to the unit casing to ensure full utilisation of the cross-sectional area.

3. Flat filter section insert shall be 50 mm panel with a sheet metal edge profile. The media
within the 50mm frame width shall be in “ZZ” form, additional supported by wire mesh screen
on both sides. Filters shall be permanent washable type maintained by side removal of
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 16 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

channels.
4. Final filter section shall have high efficiency (EU-9) bag filters maintained by front withdrawal
section shall be of 610 mm length, media shall be supplied in cardboard boxes within the
section for field installation.

5. Filters sections shall be required with hinged removable panels or access doors for
replacement and service of the filters.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

1. Examine areas and conditions under which equipment are to be installed. Do not proceed
with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

2. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for the installation of any equipment.

3. Locate equipment as shown on the drawings to provide best possible connection


arrangement and accessibility for maintenance and servicing. Provide clearances on all
sides of equipment as required by Authorities having jurisdiction or manufacturer,
whichever is greater.

4. Install items of equipment with due regard to Architectural treatment, and ensure all items
are level and finished in keeping with good workmanship.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15400 – Air Conditioning System Page 17 of 17
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15450 INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General
2.2 Premolded Calcium Silicate
2.3 Equipment and Miscellaneous Applications
2.4 Air Unit Casings
2.5 Ductwork
2.6 Finishes
2.7 Insulation tape

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Workmanship
3.2 Ductwork
3.3 Air Unit Casings (Internal Insulation)
3.4 Insulation Test

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 1 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Provide all necessary materials, labour, equipment, tools, appliances, services, hoisting,
scaffolding, supports and supervision to provide complete mechanical services
insulation in accordance with these specifications, including but not limited to the
following:

1. Chilled water Piping System Insulation:

2. Ductwork System Insulation

1. Cold ductwork.
2. Casings, plenums and housings.
3. Ducts connected to intake or exhaust louvers.

3. Equipment Insulation

1. Cold surfaces of mechanical equipment.


2. Hot surfaces of mechanical equipment.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 2 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The manufacturer must have at least ten years of experience in the design and
manufacture of insulation materials.

2. Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen regularly employed in the
application of insulation to mechanical systems.

3. The word "exposed" where used in this section means any work which is not concealed
in wall, shaft, or ceiling cavities or spaces. Work behind doors in closets or cupboards
or under counters, mechanical rooms, garage parking and roof spaces is considered
exposed.

4. All insulation materials including jackets, facings, adhesives, coatings and all
accessories are to be rot/vermin proof and be fire hazard rated and listed by U.L. in
accordance with ASTM E-84 or relevant British standards.

5. Method of test of surface burning characteristics shall also be in accordance with NFPA
255 or relevant British standards.

6. Flame proofing treatments subject to deterioration from moisture or humidity are not
acceptable.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to applicable division of specifications for instructions.

2. Submission with Tender Documents.

Refer to Section 15010.

3. Product Data

Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type


of mechanical insulation. Submit schedule showing manufacturer's product
number, thickness and furnished accessories for each mechanical system
requiring insulation.

4. Samples

Submit 300mm (12") long sample of each piping insulation type and 300mm x
300mm (12" x 12") sample of each duct and equipment insulation type.

5. Certifications

Submit certifications or other data as necessary to show compliance with these


specifications and governing regulations. Include proof of compliance for
test of products for fire rating, corrosive resistance, and compressive strength.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 3 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

The pipe and duct insulation material shall be closed cell elastomeric foam insulation performed
section with the following properties:

1. Thermal conductivity ( / ) as per BS 874 Part 2 – 86 (DIN 52613, 52612) at 200 C mean
temperature to be 0.038 W / mk

Thermal conductivity values hall be governed by a Third party supervisory control


agreement which shall be available for attestation of conformity purposes.

2. Water Vapour Diffusion resistant (u) as per DIN 53122 Part 2 and DIN 52615 to be:.u
> 7000
Water vapour diffusion resistant (u) values shall be governed by Third party
supervisory control agreement which shall be available for attestation of conformity
purposes.

3. Water vapour permeability > 0.09 u gm / Nh., as per BS 4370 / 2

4. Density: 50 to 70 kg / m3

5. Closed cell content: > 90%

6. Fire Rating:

BS 476 Part 6 1989 (Fire propagation ) : Class 0 rated.


BS 476 Part 7 1987 (Surface spread of flame) : Class 1 rated.

Product shall have FM approval.

Reaction to fire certification shall be available for all commercial insulation thickness
up to 50 mm.

7. Corrosion risk assessment DIN 1988 / 7 certified.

Material should be nitrite free and can contain no more than 0.2% of ammonia.

Insulating material for stainless steel must contain no more than 0.05% of water soluble
chloride ions.

Corrosion risk assessment values shall be governed by a Third party supervisory control
agreement which shall be available for attestation of conformity purposes.

8. Noise redaction DN 4109 up to 32 dB (A).

9. Manufacturer shall be certified in accordance with ISO 9002 / UNI EN 29002 which
includes production control procedures and systems as a pre-requisite.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 4 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10. All tests should be conducted by independent, accredited institutes like FIW and the
supervisory (third party) control agreements should be available for attestation of
conformity purposes.

11. Insulation to be factory covered with reinforced Aluminium foil / Kraft paper laminate,
the whole providing a class rating to BS 476 Part 7.

2.2 PREMOULDED CALCIUM SILICATE

1. Provide asbestos free rigid hydrous calcium silicate precision moulded in sections split
ready for application.

2. K factor not to exceed .043 W/moC at 100oC, 0.068 w/moC at 150oC

3. Density to be not less than 220 kg/m3.

4. Compressive strength to be 993 kPa based on 38mm thickness of block.

5. Fire hazard classification to be listed by Underwriters Laboratories or equal British


regulatory organization, and shall not exceed the following:

Flame Spread Rating = 0


Smoked Development = 0

2.3 EQUIPMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS

1. Refrigerant suction lines to be insulated with 20mm fire retardant close cell elastomeric
insulation and hot pipe to be insulated with 13mm of closed cell elastomeric insulation
in the air conditioned area.

2. Emergency generators and diesel fire pump exhaust piping: From 150mm (6") beyond
roof or exterior wall surface; thickness of calcium silicate preformed pipe and muffler
insulation to maintain an outside surface temperature of less than 40oC when engines
are operating.

2.4 DUCTWORK

1. Exposed supply, exhaust (in case of using heat recovery system), return, and fresh air
ductwork (in the shafts, basement, roof, plant rooms): 25mm thick elastomeric rubber
insulation as specified in clause1

2. Internal Concealed supply, exhaust, return, and fresh air ductwork in the … area :
13mm thick and 50-70 kg/m3 foil faced closed cell elastomeric foam insulation with
smooth surface acting as vapour barrier as specified in clause 1.

2.5 FINISHES

1. 170 g/m2 canvas over insulated items where exposed indoors.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 5 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. 22 ga. embossed aluminium over all insulated piping and ductwork exposed to
outdoors, and chilled water piping located within basement and mechanical rooms.

3. Adhesives, sealants and finishes: Fire retardant or fire resistant when dry, and
acceptable to Authorities having jurisdiction listed with Underwriters Laboratories or
equal British approved regulatory organization.

2.6 INSULATION TAPE

Shall be U.L. listed or equal British Standard with an all-service or foil-scrim outer
covering to match insulation. Width of tape to be as noted.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 WORKMANSHIP

1. Insulation materials shall not be applied until all required tests have been completed, all
surfaces to be covered are clean and dry, all foreign material, such as rust, scale, dirt
etc. has been removed and rust-proofing has been completed. Insulation shall be clean
and dry when installed and during the application of any finish. Space ambient
temperature during application or finishing of insulation shall not be less than 12.8oC
(55oF) unless recommended otherwise by the insulation manufacturer.

2. Insulation that has been damaged in shipment or in the field shall not be used, except
where the damage is rounded edges or corners which may be cut square and the
resulting joints meet the approval of the Engineer.

3. Insulation materials must be kept dry prior to, during, and after installation.

4. Insulation shall be applied only to surfaces which are clean and dry. Welded areas to be
free of rust and any affected areas painted with red oxide primer.

5. Vapour barriers, sealers and adhesives shall be applied only to thoroughly dry
insulation.

6. Any separation of joints or cracking of the insulation due to poor workmanship shall be
made good before the job is accepted.

7. Any replacement or repair to insulation incurred due to insulation being installed prior
to testing shall be carried out by this contractor at no additional cost to the Employer.

8. Vapour barriers and insulation to be complete over the full length of pipe or surface,
without penetration for hangers, seams and without interruption at sleeves, pipe and
fittings.

9. Install insulation with smooth and even surfaces, with round shapes laid to true circular
and concentric shape, shaped to blend with fitting insulation and adjacent covering,
with full length section and tight to insulated object.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 6 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10. Apply insulation materials, accessories and finishes in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.

11. All debris resulting from the supply and/or application of the insulation shall be
removed by this Contractor upon the instructions of the Engineer.

12. Clean-up will be required each day after each shift.

13. Supervision shall be provided by this Contractor to ensure that the insulation shall be
supplied and installed according to the contract documents and to the complete
satisfaction of the Engineer.

14. Thermometers and Gauges:

Separate sockets and nipples for thermometers and gauges shall be free of adhesive and
the insulation neatly scarfed prior to application of the finish. No condensation shall be
allowed to occur in any gauges due to shortening of insulation materials.

15. Access Doors, Manholes, etc.

Insulation of removable heads, access doors and other access points shall be
fabricated in such a manner that all are easily removable without damage to
insulation and vapour barrier.

16. Sleeves

Where piping to be insulated passes through wall and floor sleeves, this
Contractor shall insulate this pipe with the same material and same thickness as
the rest of the pipe unless otherwise specified. This Contractor shall be
responsible for sealing the space between the insulation and the sleeve.

17. Staples or Brads

When staples or brads are used to assist in securing the insulation or pipe
covering only copper staples or brads shall be used.

18. Pipe Hangers

Pipe hangers in direct contact with pipe on all cold lines shall be insulated along
the vertical hanger rod for a distance of four (4) times the insulation thickness.
Apply vapour barrier jacket, seal all laps with vapour barrier adhesive and finish
with 6 oz. canvas neatly pasted on with a resin based lagging adhesive.

3.2 DUCTWORK

1. Insulate ductwork in the following systems:

1. Air conditioning supply duct

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 7 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Air conditioning return duct.

3. Plenums, housings and castings of:

1. Air conditioning systems supply and return


2. Outside air intake: all systems
3. Mixing plenums: all systems
2. All risers and insulated ducts to be covered with canvas / foster with continuous sheet to
achieve neatness.
3. Ductwork Insulation - Application Schedule

Service Inside Exposed Inside Outside Remarks


Concealed

Wash room Exh. Thermal Thermal Thermal

Primary (Fresh Thermal Thermal Thermal


Air)

Smoke Exh. Nil Nil Nil

Stairwell Press Thermal Thermal Nill

Misc. Exh. Thermal Thermal Thermal

Kitchen Exh. Thermal Thermal Thermal

Basement Thermal Thermal Thermal Supply, R.A


(A/C System)

Conditioned Air Acoustic/thermal Acoustic/Therma Thermal High Velocity


l Supply

Conditioned Air Thermal Thermal Thermal Flexible Duct

Conditioned Air Thermal Thermal Thermal Low Velocity


Supply

From Thermal Thermal Thermal Returned Air


conditioned
space

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 8 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.3 AIR UNIT CASINGS (INTERNAL INSULATION)

Insulation to be factory applied.

3.4 INSULATION TEST


1. The following tests to be made for each pipe system and ductwork system:
Ductwork Insulation

1. Run fan systems.


2. Check for signs of condensation.
3. Check for signs of duct/insulation separation.
4. Remove and replace faulty insulation.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15450 – Insulation Page 9 of 9


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15500 AIR DISTRIBUTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals
1.5 Design Criteria

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Duct Work


2.2 Flexible Ducts
2.3 Ductwork Accessories
2.4 Sound Linings
2.5 Diffusers, Registers and Grilles
2.6 Silencers (sound attenuators)
2.7 Axial Fans
2.8 Twin Roof Mounted Extract Fan

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Installation of Ductwork


3.2 Duct Accessories
3.3 Filter Gauges
3.4 Fans
3.5 Acoustic Insulation
3.6 Vibration and Objectionable Noise
3.7 Testing of Ductwork

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 1 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Supply and install low and medium pressure ductwork between all components and
equipment for all systems indicated on the drawings which in summary include but is
not limited to the following:

1. Air conditioning systems as detailed in contract documents.

2. Kitchen exhaust.

3. Toilets and bath rooms exhaust.

4. Miscellaneous exhaust.

2. The ductwork systems shall be complete with but not limited to the following
components.

1. Sheet metal ductwork.

2. Hangers and supports.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 2 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Casings and plenums.

4. Fire dampers.

5. Manual balancing dampers.

6. Diffusers, registers and grilles.

7. Acoustic insulation.

8. Access doors.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. General

1. Execute work of this section only by skilled tradesmen regularly employed in the
manufacture and installation of sheet metal ductwork and components listed.

2. Equipment supplied under this contract shall be new and selected specifically for this
project by manufacturers having at least five years experience in the production of
specific items or equipment supplied.

3. Regulatory Requirements.

All ductwork shall comply with the following:

1. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineer's


Handbooks, referred to as ASHRAE.

2. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association


Incorporated manuals (SMACNA) except where details or notes on drawings
indicate otherwise:

1. Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards - referred to as SMACNA


Manual.

2. High Pressure Duct Construction Standards - referred to as SMACNA


High Pressure Duct Manual.

3. Flexible Duct Performance Standard and Flexible Duct Installation


Standard.

3. American National Standard Institute (ANSI).

4. National Fire Protection Association Standards, referred to as NFPA 90A,


NFPA 90B, NFPA 96, etc.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 3 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards for Safety referred to as UL 181,


UL 555 etc.
6. British Standard BS 476 Part 8.

7. DW 142.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submission with Tender Documents.

1. Refer to Section 15010.

3. Shop Drawings.

1. Submit fully dimensioned double line ductwork layouts and sections accurately scaled
showing relation to space enclosure, equipment and structural elements, together with
sizes, transverse joints, transitions, elevations, clearances, and accessories.

2. Drawings to include mechanical room plans, and sections showing all equipment,
bases, kerbs and accessories. Minimum drawings scale 1:50.

3. Submit large scale shop drawings and or catalogue details of the following, include
for samples as required by contract documents or directed by the Engineer:

1. Schedule of all sheet metal gauge thickness listing application.


2. Ductwork construction details, and bracing schedule.
3. Casing and plenum construction.
4. Support details.
5. Access door details.
6. Extract hood details.
7. Accessoires.
8. Fans.
9. Dampers.
10. Diffusers, registers and grilles.

4. Product Data

Submit manufacturers' specifications for all manufactured products used for work in
this section.

5. Samples

1. Provide samples of flexible ductwork, flexible connections and a 300mm x


300mm flat piece of sheet metal showing fixing of acoustical duct lining and
nosing.

2. Ceiling Assembly - Typical Floors.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 4 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1. The diffuser manufacturer shall obtain from the ceiling manufacturer a


3m x 3m sample of the ceiling assembly being provided for the typical
floors.
2. Using this sample the diffuser manufacturer shall finalize the fastening
details and diffuser dimensions which are to be coordinated with and
accommodate the ceiling assembly.
3. Notify the Engineer 3 weeks in advance of the assembly being
completed and obtain the Engineer's approval of the assembly.

1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA

1. Velocity Range

1. Low velocity ductwork 10.0m/sec. (2000 fpm).


2. High velocity ductwork above 10.0m/sec. (2000 fpm).

2. Pressure Range

1. Low Pressure upto 50mm (2") w.g.


2. Medium Pressure 50mm to 100mm (2 to 4") w.g.
3. High Pressure above 100mm (4") w.g.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 DUCTWORK

1. Materials

1. Provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam
marks, roller marks, oil canning, stains and discolorations.

2. Fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel complying with ANSI/ASTM


A527 or BS 2989, lockforming quality, zinc coated, having nominal 389 g/m2
minimum 275 g/m2 to G90 as per ASTM A525 and ASTM 90 or BS 729.

3. Fire rated duct: To be provided in the areas required as per NFPA and authority juris
duction

2. Low velocity low pressure ductwork.

1. Provide ductwork constructed of galvanized steel in accordance with ASHRAE


Standards unless otherwise noted as follows:

1. Sheet metal gauge and reinforcement:


Base on 50mm (2") w.g. duct pressure regardless of possible lower pressures.

2. Sealing:

1. All transverse joint and fitting connections sealed.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 5 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Not more than 1 longitudinal seam unsealed on the perimeter.

3. All return air ductwork to Air Handling Units.

4. All exhaust systems unless otherwise noted.

5. All Pressurization fan systems.

3. High Pressure Ductwork

1. Provide ductwork constructed of galvanized steel unless otherwise noted.

2. Rectangular ductwork:

1. Sheet metal gauges and reinforcement:

1. Supply main duct from the fan discharge to air outlets to be constructed
as per SMACNA recommended construction based on 500Pa or 120%
of fan external static pressure (whichever is higher) regardless of
possible reduction in pressure along the main duct.

2. Ducts 1500mm wide and within 9m from fan discharge, use next
heavier listed gauge thickness to that indicated in SMACNA
Standards.

2. Joints to be welded flange, or Duct mate flanged joint only.

1. Inside slip, double S slip, standing seam and pocket lock not permitted.

2. Fittings and/or joints of two different gauges, connected joint rating to


meet more stringent condition.

4. Water tight construction where noted:

1. Edges bent 15mm for water tight seal.

2. Longitudinal seam sealant: Similar to 3M Brand No.800.

3. Stiffeners: Plug or spot welded.

4. Transverse joints:

1. Bolted companion angles.

2. Bolted 6.5mm cadmium plated bolts, minimum 250mm on centres.

5. Airtight construction where noted:

1. Longitudinal seams soldered , welded or sealed.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 6 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Stiffeners: Plug or spot welded.

3. Transverse joints:

1. Bolted companion angles, or Ductmate flanges with full PVC cleats

2. Bolts 6.5mm cadmium plated, minimum 150mm on centres.

6. Fan discharge plenums and risers

Construct airtight.

7. Exposed to weather.

Construct watertight.

8. Outside air, exhaust and relief:

Construct watertight from louvers to equipment casings.

9. Kitchen range hood exhaust including fan discharge to kitchen extract duct system.

1. Welded steel ducts as below.

2. Carbon steel of following gauges and thicknesses, fire rated.

1. Inside building - 1.0mm (18 gauge).

2. Outside ductwork - 2.0mm (14 gauge).

3. Seams - continuous arc welded.

4. Joints:

1. 40mm x 40mm x 4.8mm bolted matched angle flanges, with glass cloth gasket.

2. With 40mm x 40mm x 4.8mm angle reinforcing maximum 1.2m from joints or
on centres.

5. Cleanout doors:

1. Horizontal ducts: Maximum 6m apart on side of duct. Bottom edge not less
than 50mm above bottom of duct.

2. Vertical duct: At base.

3. Hinged door and frame: Same gauge as duct, with glass cloth gasket between
door and frame.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 7 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4. Size: 500mm x 600mm.

5. Exhaust from kitchen hood to be in accordance with NFPA Standard 96 or


equivalent British Standard.

2.2 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

1. NFPA 90A; UL180 Class 1 or equivalent British Standard (maximum flame spread 25,
maximum smoke developed 50).

2. ASHRAE Flexible Duct Performance Standards.

3. Maximum size 400mm no intermediate seams.

4. Construction:

1. Polyester reinforced aluminium foil over corrosion resistant wire helix, wrapped with
1.1/2" fibreglass blanket and outer vapour barrier.

2. Rated pressure 250mm (10") w.g.

3. Equal to Cana-Flex Type Cl - IV.

5. Flexible duct permitted only at connections to:

1. Terminal boxes:

1. From unit to outlet.

2. Maximum length 10 feet.

2. Boots of linear slot air terminal.

3. Boots of combination light and air fixtures.

4. Ceiling outlet below supply duct to compensate for misalignment.

6. Secure flexible ducts with clamps and sealer or screws, sealer and tape.

7. Flexible duct shall not lay across lighting fixtures or other surfaces; provide hanger supports
as required to ensure full specified air flow.

2.3 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES

1. General

Provide ductwork accessories of types, and of materials indicated, compatible with the
ductwork systems, and with proper connections between ductwork and equipment.
Shut off dampers shall be of the low leakage type.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 8 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Boot and plenum connectors.

Provide conical spin-on collars at the following locations:

1. Connections to boots or plenums of combination lighting and air diffusers.

2. Connections to boots or plenums of combination lighting and air grilles.

3. Manual Balancing Dampers (B.D)

1. Provide dampers of single blade or multi-blade type constructed in accordance with


ASHRAE Standards.

2. Dampers to be the same materials as the ductwork enclosed in heavy gauged frames.

3. Use single blade on ductwork up to 150mm (6") width and multi-blade above 150mm
(6") width. All sizes of round dampers will be single blade. Round damper blades
larger than 150mm  shall be beaded for stiffening.

4. Dampers shall be in accordance with ASHRAE Standards except as follows:

1. Flanged bushing with bearing pin at one end of damper rod.

2. Quadrant at other end of damper rod with indicating lever handle, gasket,
spring washers, bearing pin and locking nut.

3. Insulated ducts to have quadrants mounted on collar to clear insulation, depth


of collar selected to suit insulation thickness.

5. Dampers on internally lined ductwork systems shall be provided with two internal
saddles to protect the lining.

6. Whether shown on the drawings or not dampers shall be provided at the following
locations:

1. In duct splits and branch connections of supply, return and exhaust systems as
requested by the engineer and as recommended by the commissioning
specialist.

4. Splitter damper

1. Provide splitter dampers at each bull-nosed branch duct.

2. Splitter damper to be manufactured using same material as ductwork.

3. Refer to ASHRAE manual for acceptable construction and installation.

4. Splitter damper positioning rod to be 6mm dia. complete with set screw and locking
device.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 9 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. When installed, splitter to be free of vibration or chatter.

6. Provide shield plate to protect acoustic insulation.

7. On square bull-nosed branches install double thickness hollow aerofoil turning vanes
across each branch.

5. Back draft Dampers (BDD)

1. Provide back draft dampers at:

1. All discharges from exhaust fans.

2. Damper shall be air tight to avoid condensation.

2. Back draft dampers to have multiple parallel blades.

3. Blades to be individually hinged using full length axles supported at each end on
sealed bearings.

4. Blade to open outwards under air pressure.

5. Frames to be heavy gauged to support dampers and bearings and be suitable for direct
connection to ductwork or fan discharges.

6. Fire Dampers (F.D)

1. Whether shown on drawings or not, supply and install UL Listed or BS equivalent fire
dampers at all positions where ducts/builders work holes or return air transfer
openings penetrate fire rated walls, floors and partitions. Sizes to match duct sizes and
ratings to match the fire rating of the fire separation. Fire dampers shall conform to
the requirements of NFPA 90A, UL555 or BS 476 Part 8 and the Department of Civil
Defence.

2. Casings constructed from 1mm thick galvanized steel, with a spring loaded curtain
type interlocking blade assembly housed out of air stream. Damper blade material to
be galvanized steel, provided with positive lock in closed position and have stainless
steel springs and side seals.

3. Fusible link shall be rated at 68oC +1oC unless otherwise indicated.

4. Where fire dampers are installed in stainless steel or aluminium ductwork they shall
be constructed from type 304 stainless steel.

5. Sleeves to be fabricated of gage 20 galvanized steel sheets and mounting angles to be


fabricated from 10 gauge steel.

6. Fire dampers shall be provided as noted in ducts and openings, whether shown on the
drawings or not, in the following locations:

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 10 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1. Shafts.

2. Floors.

3. Fire Walls.

4. Fire Partitions.

7. Each fire damper shall be provided with an access door located in adjacent ductwork,
suitably sized to permit proper INSITU maintenance and testing of the Fire Damper.

8. Where motorized fire damper is required it will be similar to SFD’s as specified


below

7. Combination Smoke and Fire Damper (S.F.D)

1. Whether shown on drawings or not, supply and install UL classified or BS equivalent


fire/smoke control dampers of sizes to suit openings or ducts passing through walls of all
clean agent gas protected areas, SFD will be rated for 1½ hours for fire walls up to and
including 2hours rating. Smoke fire dampers shall conform to the requirements of NFPA
90A, UL 555S labelled for the flow rate with leakage class I or British Standard 476 Part 8
and the Department of Civil Defence.

2. Damper construction and fusible links shall be as for fire dampers. Double skin
opposed blades factory supplied with 20g sleeve and actuator.

3. Dampers shall be equipped with an electric actuator having an instant spring return closure
(using stainless steel springs), galvanized steel damper blades, linkage, actuator mounting
bracket, and suitable terminal block assembly for connection to smoke detection and fire
alarm systems. Actuators shall be mounted outside of the air stream.

4. Dampers to be equipped with over-ride release mechanism to permit the Civil


Defence Department to maintain discretionary control over the damper as part of the
dynamic smoke management system.

5. Install combination smoke and fire dampers where shown on drawings and as follows:

1. All branch connections to smoke exhaust risers at each floor level.

2. Gas protected areas.

6. It shall be possible to remotely control and monitor these dampers from fire alarm and
voice communication central control facility.

7. Where SFD is to be installed on a transfer air grille that is exposed from both sides
special SFD to be used with side recessed compartment for damper actuator and fire
alarm modules. As manufactured by Belimo.
Actuator shall be explosion proof in cable chambers.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 11 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

8. Flexible Connections

1. Provide at fans and at air handling units, neoprene coated glass fabric, factory
fabricated, flexible connections.

2. Allow for minimum 25mm of space between ductwork and connecting equipment for
each 25mm of fan static pressure.

3. Crimp fabric into duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment.
9. Turning Vanes

1. Provide factory fabricated air turning vanes in accordance with ASHRAE Standards.

2. Vanes to be constructed of the same material as the ductwork system in which they
are installed.

3. Turning vanes to be installed at all square duct elbows and where called for on the
drawings. Reference to be made to standard turning vane detail in accordance with
the contract documents.

4. Acoustic turning vanes constructed from aerofoil section aluminium extrusions with
perforated faces and fibreglass infill to be used in all acoustically lined ductwork.

10. Access doors

1. Provide duct access doors as required sized 500mm x 340mm minimum except where
duct depth is less than 400mm in which case make access door 50mm less than duct
depth to a minimum of 150mm. Provide larger access panels there required to
facilitate adequate access for service work.

2. Construct doors from same or greater gauge than the ductwork served and
provide insulated doors for insulated ductwork. Flush frames shall be used for
uninsulated ductwork and extended frames for insulated ductwork.

3. Doors shall have at least two cam locks on one side and two hinges on the other side
unless the pressure rating and door size require more as per SMACNA
recommendations.

4. Provide access doors at locations where access to elements is required, examples are:

1. Linkage side of automatic dampers.

2. Main balancing dampers.

3. Smoke dampers.

4. Fire dampers.

5. Smoke detection heads.

6. Filter banks.
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 12 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

7. Fan bearings where enclosed in ducts.

8. Inlet side of each single width centrifugal fan.

9. Inlet and outlet sides of each axial or tubular in-line centrifugal fan.

10. On the upstream side of all turning vanes.

11. Coordinate with the General Contractor for provision of all required access
doors.

11. Filter Gauges

.1 Across the filter bank of each air handling unit, provide magnohelic
differential pressure gauges, 0 to 0.50 kPa 0 - 50mm Gauge to provide a local
visual annunciation and transmit a signal through a transducer to the operator's
computer console to indicate filter pressure drops.

12. Sealants

1. Seal all transverse joints in supply, return and exhaust ductwork with Bakelite 530-09
high velocity duct sealer or equivalent, to limit rate of leakage to 5% maximum.

2. Where interior of duct is visible through diffusers registers or grilles, paint interior of
duct with flat black Tremco or equal paint formulated for galvanized surfaces.

3. Seal all exposed edges, perforations and joints in acoustic duct lining with H.B. Fuller
Company's Foster Sealfas 30-36 coating compound or approved equivalent.

4. Use Bakelite 230-38 adhesive, full coverage, for internal insulation.

5. Tape joints with 3M Brand No.474 or approved equivalent.

13. Perforated sheets

1. Perforated galvanized sheet steel with 50% area perforation will be used as air
straiteners longitudinally fixed inside linear plenums for linear bar grilles and
linear slot diffusers to equally distribute the air along the outlet in the following cases:

1. Plenum longer than 600mm with single inlet spigot

2. All plenums with multiple inlet spigots

2.4 SOUND LININGS

1. Supply and install acoustic linings to ductwork in accordance with the contract
documents or as required to maintain specified room noise level. Duct sizes indicated
on drawings are inside of acoustic lining and must be increased accordingly to
maintain equivalent free area.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 13 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Linings shall be manufactured from glass fibre with a Neoprene coating or faced with
a black coated matt (fire rated in accordance with NFPA 90 or equivalent British
Standard) for low pressure ductwork, or perforated 24 gauge galvanized steel with
28% minimum open area for high pressure ductwork.

3. Linings in ductwork and plenums shall be minimum of 25mm thick. Where lining is
also used as thermal insulation thickness shall conform to the requirements of the
insulation specification.

4. The glass fibre lining shall have a minimum density of 32 kg/m3 with a flame spread
rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less.

5. Linings shall be suitable for duct velocities up to 25.4 m/s and meet with the
requirements of the erosion test method as described in UL publication No. 181 or
equivalent British Standard.

6. The dynamic loss coefficient shall be a maximum of 1.2, 'K' value to be a maximum
of 0.036 watts/moC at 40oC, noise reduction for 25mm thick lining shall be a
minimum of 0.75.

7. Adhesive and sealant fire rating shall conform to NFPA 90A and non-hardening
caulking shall be guaranteed to be permanently elastic, similar to Tremco Polybutene.

2.5 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, GRILLES

1. Provide diffusers, registers, and grilles in sizes, models, types, styles and finishes with
capacities as scheduled on the drawings or required by the engineer.

2. Provide equipment that have, as minimum, temperature and velocity transverse throw
and drop, static pressure drop and noise criteria ratings for each size of device as listed
in manufacturer's current data.

3. Ensure that the items supplied will be compatible with ceiling or wall construction
identified on the architectural drawings.

4. Provide all required "boots" in the linear grilles and diffusers, and lighting troffers,
and air distribution points as shown on the drawings.

5. All grilles, diffusers and registers shall be of the concealed fixing type. No visible
screws or fixings will be permitted.

6. Generally, all grilles, diffusers, and registers shall have their internal parts exposed to
view finished in matt black.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 14 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

7. Diffusers

1. Provide diffusers with border styles that are compatible with adjacent ceiling
systems and that are specifically manufactured to fit into ceiling module with
accurate fit and adequate support.

2. All adjustments of air inlets, outlets and their directly associated accessories
for direction, regulation and air distribution, shall be concealed but accessible
from face of inlet or outlet without removal of face louvers or panel.

3. Supply air diffusers shall be equipped with air equalizing deflectors either
square, round or rectangular to match the configuration of duct connection.

4. Noise levels at scheduled duties shall not exceed criteria as specified in this
section l.

5. Diffusers shall be suitable for operation at 5% more and 25% less than
scheduled duty without causing objectionable air motion at occupied level.

6. Provide gaskets and seals with all units and accessories as required to prevent
air leakage. Furnish four complete sets of wrenches and special tools required
to adjust, dismantle and install all units and accessories furnished for this
project.

8. Linear Diffusers

1. Continuous linear slot diffuser manufactured from extruded aluminium


sections.

2. Each slot to be provided with control blades for separate air pattern and
volume control. Diffusers to be supplied in continuous lengths with hidden
fixings to join more than one standard length together to provide a diffuser that
matches the requirements of the schedules and the drawings.

3. No fixings, screw holes or welded corners shall be visible on diffusers or


frames.

4. Where required to form a continuous line, 'dummy' sections of diffuser shall be


installed.

5. Reference shall be made to Architectural reflected ceiling plans for accurate


location, mounting details, overall lengths and finishes required.

9. Air Plenums and Boots

1. Air boots for diffuser as designated on schedule shall be factory manufactured


of pressed sheet steel. Boots shall have an intake air spigot of adequate size
and be acoustically rated to maintain the specified noise criteria within the air
conditioned space.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 15 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10. Air plenum boxes for other types of diffusers shall be fabricated by the Sheet Metal
Contractor to sizes shown on drawings. Plenums shall be acoustically lined to
maintain the specified noise criteria within the air conditioned space.

1. Where indicated on the contract documents, the plenum boxes shall either be
independent or integrated with room ceiling and luminaries.

2. Supply air diffuser schedule shows active diffuser lengths which represent the
overall length of plenum boxes.

11. Registers and Grilles

1. Registers to be fitted with key operated, opposed blade volume control.

2. Finish: Powder coated of colour to the Architect's approval.

3. Grilles and registers without removable cores, installed in plaster, to be


supplied with plaster frames for settling under General Construction Work.

4. Grilles and registers in aluminium ductwork or plenums to be anodized


aluminum. Grilles and registers in stainless steel ductwork or plenums to be
stainless steel.

12. All diffusers, registers and grilles to be from one manufacturer.

2.6 SILENCERS (SOUND ATTENUATORS)

1. Provide silencers to meet the requirements specified. Only silencers with duct-to-
reverberant room insertion ratings will be accepted.

2. Silencer Construction: Silencers shall be constructed to BS 4718 and meet the


following requirements:

1. Prefabricate rectangular silencers with 22 ga galvanized steel outer shell


having locked formed mastic filled seams.

2. Outer casings of tubular silencers made of galvanized steel in following


gauges.

Outside Diameter Metal gauge

300 - 550 mm 22 ga 0.8534 mm


above 550 mm 18 ga 1.311 mm

3. Internal liners of rectangular silencers to be not less than 26 gauge galvanized


perforated steel with minimum 28% openings. Steel plate to be galvanized
after being perforated.

4. Internal lines of tubular silencers to be structurally compatible with outer


casing.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 16 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. Filler material shall be of inorganic mineral or glass fibre of at least 40 kg/m3


(2.5 lb/ft3) density to obtain the specified acoustic performance and be packed
under not less than 10% compression to eliminate voids due to vibration and
settling. Material shall be inert, vermin and moisture proof. Combination
rating for the silencer acoustic fill shall be not more than the following when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA Standard 255 or UL No.723:

5. Flame spread rating . . 25


Smoke Development rating .. 50
Fuel Contribution . 0

6. Silencers shall not fail structurally when subjected to a differential air pressure
of 1993 N/m2 (8" w.g.) inside to outside of casing.
3. Certified Tests

Submit certified test data from approved laboratory for pressure drop and
insertion loss ratings:

1. For most common selection.

2. Certification data for pressure drop and net insertion loss: based on tests of
same attenuator.

3. Optional shop witness tests: Comply with section 15010 of the


specification.

2.7 AXIAL FANS (For duty and application refer to Equipment Schedule)

1. Casings shall be of hot dipped galvanised steel. The unit shall be complete with a
sight inspection port and a motor terminal box.

2. Impeller blades shall be cast aluminium aerofoil section.

3. Motors shall be totally enclosed air stream rated class F insulation with IP 55
protection and suitable for 45°C ambient temperature. Motors shall be supplied with
sealed-for-life bearings.

4. All external fans shall be with weather resistant coatings.

2.8 TWIN ROOF MOUNTED EXTRACT FANS (for duty and application, refer to
Equipment Schedule)

1. The parallel fan units shall be suitable for duct mounted on curb installation as
required. The casings shall be manufactured from pre-galvanised sheet steel. It shall
be complete with access panels to facilitate servicing. A terminal block and integral
isolator shall be included. The fans shall be double inlet, double width type using
forward curved impellers within a scroll suitable for belt drive.

2. Fan motors shall be manufactured to BS 5000. Anti-vibration mountings shall be


fitted between the common fan base plate and the unit casing.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 17 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Automatic shutters shall be provided to prevent recirculation of air between fans. The
shutters shall also act as a back draft damper if the unit is shut down.

4. Each fan shall be fitted with an airflow detector switch. In the event of the duty fan
failing the airflow switch shall signal the standby fan to start via the changeover panel.

Each unit shall be provided with an automatic changeover panel. The panel shall start
the standby fan in the event of the duty fan failing. The panel shall also have the
facility for duty sharing of the two fans on a 12 hour cycle.

All internal wiring shall be done by the manufacturer in the factory.

The whole unit shall be acoustically lined.


5. All fans and intervals to be accessible for maintenance.

6. Fan motors shall be totally enclosed drip proof rated to Class F, 220/380V, 1 phase/3
phase, 50 Hz. as indicated in equipment schedule.

7. Fan ambient temperature range: 0-50oC.

8. Casing (cowl) shall be manufactured of cold pressed fibre glass for long life in harsh
or extreme weather conditions. The colouring shall contain an ultra violet stabilizer to
ensure the cowl will not fade due to sunlight.

9. Fan shall be curb mounted.

10. Fan shall be complete with bird guards, inlet guards and local power disconnect
(isolator).

11. Aluminium mesh shall be thicker than bird mesh (submit sample)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK

1. General

1. Route ductwork as shown on drawings avoiding unnecessary directional changes and


abrupt transitions. Install ducts, and hangers straight, plumb and level. Provide
adequate space around ducts to assure proper support and allowing for insulation.

2. Ducts passing through floors and walls, not requiring fire dampers, to have clearance
space sealed air tight and water tight. Seal clearance space with 3M Brand or
approved equivalent Fire Barrier Flexible strip FS 195 and caulk with 3M Caulk No.
CP 25 to produce a liquid tight seal.

2. Fabrication

1. Construct ductwork, casing and plenum joints square with all sharp edges and
protrusions removed.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 18 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Support and brace ductwork casings and plenums rigidly to prevent vibration.

3. On rectangular ductwork, attach bracing and joint angles to ducts by drive screws,
tack or spot welding at corners and along angles at intervals of not more than 150mm.

4. Secure transverse joints and joint reinforcing with drive screws at corners and along
the joints at intervals of not more than 150mm.

5. Joint slips shall not be less than heaviest metal gauge of the connected duct.

6. Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel or mild steel protected by electro galvanizing or
cadmium plating.

7. Sealants and other materials, when used in connection with ductwork, shall
permanently retain adhesion and elasticity thorough a temperature range of 0o to
70oC.

8. Gasket sealants in the form of the pre-formed roll, sheet strip applied between
opposing faces of flanged or other joints not less than 4mm thick.

9. Solvent based and chemical reaction types of sealant require a period between 24 and
72 hours for drying or curing, depending on conditions. The cure shall be completed
before the duct is pressurised to avoid rupture of the joint.

10. Self adhesive tapes shall not be allowed as a primary sealant.

11. Galvanized sheet metal ductwork shall not be further treated except where the
galvanized finish has been damaged or destroyed in the construction/manufacturing
process. All cut edges of the galvanized sheets and any area damaged during erection
shall be painted with two coats of galvanite or zinc chromate paint.

12. Ductwork stiffening shall be thoroughly wire brushed to remove any surface rust and
angles and angle iron flanges painted with two coats of galvanite paint, for protection
against corrosion.

3. Protection and Cleaning

1. Tightly seal/ close all openings in casings and ductwork, including air inlets and
outlets, during construction with plastic, canvas or timber to prevent entry of dirt and
other foreign matter.

2. Prior to operating fans, remove all foreign material and vacuum clean interiors of
casings including coils, fans and dampers. Operate fans only when filters are in place
and operating.

3. Upon successful completion of duct tests described in other articles of this


specification, replace all used filters and filter media.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 19 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4. Welding and Brazing

1. All surfaces to be jointed by welding or brazing shall be cleaned of grease, oil, dirt,
oxidation or other foreign substance. Exercise care to avoid burning through sheet
metal.

2. Black and Galvanized Steel: On ductwork 1.6mm thick and heavier, use filler rods in
accordance with standards for iron and steel gas welding rods. On ductwork 1.3mm
thick or lighter, use filler rods in accordance with standards for brazing filler metals.

3. After welding or brazing paint weld with rust resistant zinc chromate paint.

3.2 DUCT ACCESSORIES

1. General

1. Install duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions,


applicable portions of details of construction shown in ASHRAE Standards and
recognised industry practices.

2. Fire Dampers

1. Fire damper ratings shall be consistent with wall and floor fire rating.

2. Install to U.L. and NFPA (or equivalent British Standard) requirements. Locate in
fire walls, floors and partitions where indicated.

3. Seal around fire damper assembly.

4. After completion, have installation approved prior to concealment.

3. Fresh Air and Exhaust Louvers

1. Louvers are specified in other divisions of the specification - this section to make all
required connections. Caulk all joints at louver connection.

4. Flashing

1. Provide flashings to suit installation.

2. Follow details for vents and pipes penetrating roofs.

5. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles

1. Locate diffusers, registers and grilles where indicated on drawings. Obtain Architect
approval for exact locations fixings and details.

2. Fasten diffusers, registers and grilles firmly to the architectural elements using spring
clips and screws hidden from view.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 20 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Fit frame with gasket to prevent leakage, and smudging.

4. Ensure unit is compatible with ceiling or wall construction.

5. Make connections of rigid or flexible ductwork to diffusers or air distribution boots


using a minimum of 3 self tapping screws and seal with glass fab tape and high
velocity duct sealer.

3.3 FILTER GAUGES

1. Sensing Points: Locate as directed by the manufacturer and carefully clip tubing to
avoid damage and interference with filter removal or servicing. Mount gauges on the
unit for convenient observation..
3.4 FANS

1. Comply with manufacturers requirements. Ensure vibration free installation. Leave


access for servicing. Install belt guards and weatherproof covers as required.

3.5 ACOUSTIC INSULATION

1. Adhere with 150mm wide strips of adhesive:

1. 300mm on centers.
2. At joints in lining.

2. In addition, secure with weld pins and Durodyne square speed washers with a
minimum size of 30mm per side for the washer. Weld pins and washers to be fixed
on a maximum 400mm centers.
3. Coat edges with sealer.
4. Provide continuous sheet metal edge protectors at entering and leaving edges of lined
duct sections and all joints.
5. Dimensions of lined ductwork are clear inside dimensions after lining has been
installed.
6. Extent of ductwork sound linings:

1. Duct Systems:

1. Air Conditioned Supply: All ductwork for 3 m after fan coil unit.

2. Supply air risers: All vertical supply air ductwork in shafts from the
fan till 3 floors below. Excluding emergency stairwell pressurisation
and parking garage ventilation.

3. Return and Exhaust registers connected to duct risers: Provide acoustic


lined boots excluding smoke exhaust fans.

4. Transfer ducts: Acoustically line all transfer ducts.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 21 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.6 VIBRATION AND OBJECTIONABLE NOISE

1. Install ductwork free from pulsation, chatter, vibration or objectionable noises.


Should any of these defects appear after the system is in operation, correct same by
removing, replacing or reinforcing the work as directed by the Engineer.

3.7 TESTING OF DUCTWORK

Test after installation, on a floor by floor basis all duct work for leakage as per ASHRAE
Testing Procedures. Total air leakage at all joints of an air handling system shall not exceed
5% of fan supply air quantity.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15500 – Air Distribution Page 22 of 22
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15550 BALANCING & TESTING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Work
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Materials

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Balancing & Testing


3.2 Systems Review During Construction
3.3 Acceptance

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 1 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and


applicable sections of Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the
requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors
are equally informed

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

1. Provide services to balance the air and water systems to ensure compliance with the
specifications in all regards.

2. Provide services to carry out vibration and sound assessments of each system.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. The air, water balancing, vibration and sound analysis to be carried out by technicians
experienced in the reading of air, water, vibration and sound measurements, make
adjustments to dampers, valves, fans in order that the systems function to meet the
established design criteria established under section 15010 Mechanical General
Provisions.

2. The qualifications of the technicians to be reviewed and be acceptable to the Engineer.


Persons with less than five years experience in balancing building systems of the
complexity being utilized in this project shall be rejected.

3. Regulatory requirements for systems testing and balancing to comply with ASHRAE and
or CIBS Standards.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 2 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.4 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submit resumes outlining the qualifications and experience of technicians to be


employed for this work.

3. Submit reports for each of the following:

1. Air systems.

2. Water systems.

3. Room conditions:

Temperature
Humidity
NR level

4. Systems and equipment capacity tests as listed in Section 15010.

5. Equipment sound levels.

6. Equipment and system vibrations.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

1. Provide all necessary tools, instruments, equipment, ladders and scaffolding, and
expendable supplies necessary for the balancing and testing of mechanical systems.

PART 3 EXECUTIONS

3.1 BALANCING AND TESTING

1. General

1. Provide a complete service to balance and test all equipment, air and water systems
outlined as follows:

2. Tests shall be approved by the Engineer and any tests considered to be deficient or
inaccurate will be rejected and the tests repeated to the Engineer satisfaction.

3. Acceptance Criteria

1. Air terminals : + 5% of design air quantities.

2. Air temperature : + 1oC.

3. Water temperature : + 1/2oC.

4. Noise Criteria : + 2 N.R.

5. Room conditions : Refer to Section 15010.

6. Systems and equipment : To capacities listed on schedules.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 3 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Air Balancing

1. Examine the air handling systems to see that they are free from obstructions. Determine
that all dampers and registers are open; that moving equipment is lubricated; that filters
are functioning; and perform other inspection and maintenance activities necessary for
proper operation of the systems. Run each fan system to check that no drumming or
excessive vibration occurs. This should be checked through full range of variable
volume air handling systems, including period of starting and stopping fans.

2. Demonstrate that each air handling system listed in equipment schedules perform as
specified. Adjust variable type pulleys, volume and control dampers where necessary.

3. Adjust dampers and registers to distribute the air. Each register, diffuser and terminal
unit shall deliver or remove the designed Air flow in the proper pattern.

4. For each air handling unit including supply and exhaust, document the following on
reports formatted to the Engineer's approval.

1. System Name and No.

2. Make and Size.

3. R.P.M.

4. S.P. Total.

5. S.P. Suction.

6. S.P. Discharge.

7. Discharge C.F.M.

8. Position of inlet Damper.

9. Sheave, Size and Make.

10. Sheave Bore Size.

11. Sheave Keyway Size.

12. Number of Belts, Make and Size.

13. Centers Between Sheaves.

14. Motor Frame Size.

15. Motor, Make and HP.

16. Motor Voltage.

17. F.L. Amps.

18. 18 Running Amps.

19. Motor R.P.M.

20. Motor winding insulation resistance.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 4 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

21. Sheave, Size and Make.

22. Sheave Bore Size.

23. Sheave Keyway Size.

5. For each duct run of each air system, supply or exhaust, provide the following data:

1. Air flow.

2. Air velocity.

3. Static Pressure.

The above data should have back-up pilot tube readings available for verification by the
Engineer.

6. For each air supply or exhaust outlet provide a report including the following data:

1. System name.

2. Outlet number.

3. Outlet Size.

4. Design Air Flow

5. Actual Air Flow.

7. For each cooling coil report the following data:

1. Entering air temperature.

2. Leaving air temperature.

3. Coil pressure drop air side.

4. Entering air temperature design point.

5. Leaving air temperature design point.

6. Inlet pressure.

7. Outlet pressure.

8. Cooling capacity.

3.2 SYSTEMS REVIEW DURING CONSTRUCTION

1. Review and check working drawings to ensure that modifications, if required to improve
flow conditions, are implemented prior to the execution of the work.

2. Notify contractors of recommended location for air and water taps necessary to give the
most accurate readings.

3. Provide inspections during the course of construction and issue reports making whatever
recommendations are necessary in the interests of ensuring good air and water balance
flow dynamics.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 5 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.3 ACCEPTANCE

1. Submit three preliminary reports to the Engineer for review.

2. Provide assistance to the Engineer for on site spot verifications of the air, water, noise
and vibration report.

3. If data submitted is found to be in error, rebalance or test to the Engineer's satisfaction.


Then correct reports accordingly.

4. After corrections have been made submit five (5) complete reports in three ringed
binders to the Engineer.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC - Section 15550 – HVAC Balancing & Testing Page 6 of 6
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15600 HVAC CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Quality Assurance
1.3 Submittals
1.4 Guarantee
1.5 Instruction, Adjustment & 'As Built' Drawings

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Thermostats

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Components
3.2 Wiring
3.3 Installation
3.4 Validation and Acceptance
3.5 Manuals
3.6 Warranty

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15600 – HVAC Controls Page 1 of 5
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1 The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

1. General Conditions of Contract.

2. Instructions to Contractors

3. Form of Agreement.

4. Particular Conditions of Contract.

5. Form of Tender.

6. Applicable Divisions.

7. Bill of Quantities

8. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010


and BMS specification section 15650.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of


the requirements of the above listed documents, and further assure that all
Subcontractors are equally informed

4. Comply with requirements of Division 16 Electrical Specifications.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. Automatic Control System work required for Division 15, shall be performed
by one firm specializing in the manufacture and installation of HVAC
controls and Building Management Systems (BMS).

1.3 SUBMITTALS

1. Refer to applicable division of the specifications for instructions.

2. Submissions with Tender Documents.

1. Refer to Section 15010.

2. Submit with tender a one page control diagram to demonstrate the overall
system communication architecture being supplied by different Control
Contractors for the Building Management System and including other low
voltage systems.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15600 – HVAC Controls Page 2 of 5
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Shop Drawings

Submit shop drawings and technical specifications of all control components


including but not limited to the following:

1. Room thermostats to control fan coil unit.

2. Control Valves.

3. Dampers and Operators.

4. Portable Operator Terminals.

5. Safety Controls.

5. Wiring interconnection diagrams including panel and device power.

1.4 GUARANTEE

1. Guarantee the control systems designated on drawings and plans, and specified herein,
free from original defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year of
normal use and service from the date of final acceptance. This guarantee excludes
damage from all other causes.

1.5 INSTRUCTION, ADJUSTMENT AND 'AS BUILT' DRAWINGS

1. On completion of the installation, calibrate all thermostats, valves, damper motors and
relays provided under this contract. Provide in accordance with applicable divisions
of the specification complete instruction manuals with 'as constructed' control
drawings and instruct the Client's operating personnel in the operation, maintenance,
and function of the automatic control systems.

2. The acceptance date to be mutually agreed between the Engineer and Contractor after
all documentation has been submitted, training programs completed, with all systems
commissioned and proven operational for a period of one month.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 THERMOSTATS

1. Thermostats shall be line voltage or low voltage type suitable for the application.
Low voltage type shall have heat anticipation. Ratings shall be adequate for the
applied load. Also, refer to clause 2.4.3 as below.

2. Electronic room thermostats shall be used for zone control of FCU communicating to
the FCU controller via twisted pair non polarized cable. Digital LCD display will
show room temperature, set point, occupancy mode and air flow rate. Temperature set
point up/down push buttons and occupied button and a jack for connecting a portable
terminal.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15600 – HVAC Controls Page 3 of 5
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. Key controller test and reset switches plus an easily accessible test jack shall be
provided. It shall include alarm relay contacts (DPDT) capable of handling loads of
up to five (5) amperes at 220 VAC or 28 VDC resistive. Unit shall have self
contained power supply requiring 220V power.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 COMPONENTS

1. Mount all controllers and relays within control panel cubicles. Mount exposed
components for easy access and protected from damage.

2. Identify all components and exposed equipment mounted on the control panel front
with 50mm x 75mm (2" x 3") lamacoid nameplates screwed or pop-riveted in place.
Identify instruments inside the cabinet with Dymo tape labels or approved equal.

3.2 WIRING

1. Install all control wiring in conduit to conform to local Code requirements as well as
requirements specified in Division 16.

3.3 INSTALLATION

1. All wiring and tubing shall be properly supported and run in a neat and clean
workmanlike manner. All wiring and tubing exposed and in equipment rooms shall
run parallel to or at right angles to the building structure. All piping and wiring
within enclosures shall be neatly bundled and anchored to prevent congestion on
devices and terminals.

2. The control contractor shall be responsible for all electrical installation required for a
fully functional control and automation system and not shown on the electrical plans
or required by the electrical specifications. All wiring shall be in accordance to all
local codes and Division 16.

1. All line voltage wiring, all wiring exposed, and all wiring in equipment rooms
shall be installed in conduit in accordance to the electrical specifications.

2. All wiring shall be concealed in approved manner.

4. All wiring shall be in accordance with UAE local and national codes, as well as
NFPA and National Electric Code.

3.4 VALIDATION AND ACCEPTANCE

1. The control contractor shall completely check out, calibrate and test all connected
hardware and software to insure that the system performs in accordance with the
approved specifications and sequences of operation approved.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15600 – HVAC Controls Page 4 of 5
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2. Witnessed acceptance demonstration shall display and demonstrate each type of data
entry to show site specific customizing capability; demonstrate parameter changes;
execute digital and analogue commands; and demonstrate DDC loop stability via
trend of inputs and outputs.

3.5 MANUALS

1. Manuals shall be provided including revised As Built Documents of all materials


required under the paragraph "SUBMITTALS" of this section, and further defined in
the applicable division of the specifications.

2. Two Operators Manuals, and two As-Built Manuals shall be provided to the owner.

3.6 WARRANTY

1. All components, system software, parts and assemblies supplied by the control
contractor shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one
year from acceptance date.
2. Labour to troubleshoot, repair, reprogram, or replace system components shall be
furnished by the control contractor at no charge to the Client during the warranty
period.
3. All corrective modifications made during warranty service periods shall be updated
on all user documentation and on user and manufacturer archived software disks.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15600 – HVAC Controls Page 5 of 5
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15650 BUILDING AUTOMATION AND CONTROLS SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 Works Included


1.2 Works by Others
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Control Drawings
1.5 Reference Standards

PART 2 PRODUCTS

1 General System Architecture


2 The Field Level
3 The Automation Level
4 The Management Level
5 Integration of Secondary System
6 Documentation
7 Services
8 Engineering / Planning
9 Commissioning / Adjustment
10 Electric & Electronic Related Equipments
11 Samples
12 Accuracy
13 Averaging Elements
14. Pressure Switches for Air Systems
15. Airflow Switches
16. Water flow switches
17 Room Temperature/Humidity Detectors
18. Immersion/temperature detector and duct mounted temperature/
humidity detectors
19. Pressure Detectors
20. Air Pressure sensor
21. Actuators
22. CONTROL VALVES (MODULATING)
23 Butterfly vlaves
24 DDC Panel

PART 3 EXECUTION

1 Installation
2 Training
3 Warranty

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BACS Page 1 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 Works Included


The Building Automation & Control Systems (BACS) shall be based on an integrated management
station presents a single face to the customer for building automation, fire safety and security
systems, or a combination thereof.

The BACS shall offer scalability of all configurations and allowing need-based expansion from small
and medium to large and complex systems. The BACS shall be capable of/shall provide/shall support:

 Full integration of building automation, fire safety, intrusion, and live IP camera systems.
 Collect, view, analyze and compare trend information.
 Workflow-oriented user interface which will enable fast and accurate operation and event
handling.
 Support for the leading open standards: BACnet, OPC, ONVIF and SNMP.
 The latest IT technologies, including 64-bit operating system support.
 Fire Safety Standard (UL864 9th Edition, ULC-S527-11) for Control Units and accessories.
 Multiple client options for installed, browser-based and Windows App clients with the same

1.1.1 The BACS manufacturer shall supply fully integrated building automation system
incorporating the latest generation of Direct Digital Control (DDC) for energy
management, equipment monitoring, controlling and subsystems as herein specified.
Include a digital (DDC) building technology based Building Automation & Control
System to operate technical equipment in buildings. The system must be able to
carry out comprehensive measuring, control, optimization, and monitoring functions.
All applications deployed must have been tested, documented, and used multiple
times. Free system programming must ensure potential adjustment to individual
adaptations and customer needs.
Energy monitoring is required for greatest possible transparency of energy
consumption, used to pinpoint weaknesses in the system and clearly identify energy
consumption. These features then must provide additional options to distribute costs
and consumption to cost centers, properties, profit centers, etc.

1.1.2 The BACS shall be based on Open platform for easy integration. BACS shall be
based on a SCADA platform, making it fully compliant with BACnet Advanced
Operator Workstation (B-AWS) and enabling integration of any type of building
disciplines, such as heating, ventilation and air conditioning, lighting and shading. Its
extensible driver concept allows integration through BACnet or other protocols. As a
building management station, it is certified to fulfill the highest possible BACnet profile
B-AWS. The entire processing system shall be in complete compliance with the BACnet
standard: ANSI/ASHRAE 135-1995. The system shall use BACnet protocols and LAN
types throughout and exclusively and should also support BACnet protocol revision 10
(1.10)
Default protocols and suitable physical communications media must guarantee
interoperability (ISO standard). Use only listed protocols and communications media.
Third-party systems are integrated via BACnet. Provide only data required to
efficiently and economically operate building services plants.

1.1.3 The wiring & installation of the control system shall be performed by the MEP Contractor
under the guidance of the BACS supplier with the shop drawings, flow diagrams, bill of
materials, component designation or identification number and sequence of operation all
bearing the name of the manufacturer.

1.1.4 All materials and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly manufactured
for this and/or other systems and not custom designed specially for this project.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 2 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.1.5 All systems and components shall have been thoroughly tested and proven in actual use
for at least five years.

1.1.6 BACS manufacturer shall be responsible for all BACS Schematics and Control Wiring
Diagrams for a complete and operable system.

1.2 Work By Others

1.2.1 Mechanical contractor shall install all Peripherals, wells, valves, taps, dampers, flow
stations, Flow meters, Electrical Meters, DDC Control Panels etc.

1.2.2 Mechanical contractor shall provide the Containment System for the Peripherals, DDCs
etc.

1.2.3 Electrical Contractor shall provide:

1.2.3.1 230V power to all BACS and/or temperature control panels

1.2.3.2 Wiring of all power feeds through all disconnects starters to electrical motor.

1.2.3.3 Wiring of any remote start/stop switches and manual or automatic motor
speed control devices not furnished by BACS manufacturer

1.3 Quality assurance

1.3.1 The BACS system shall be designed, commissioned and serviced by manufacturer
employed, factory trained personnel. Manufacturer shall have an in-place support facility
within 60 Kilometers of the site with technical staff, spare parts inventory and necessary
test and diagnostic equipment. Distributors or licensed contractors are not acceptable.

1.3.2 Materials and equipment shall be the catalogued products of manufacturers regularly
engaged in production and installation of automatic temperature control systems and
shall be manufacturer’s latest standard design that complies with the specification
requirements.

1.3.3 The manufacturer of the building automation system shall provide documentation
supporting compliance with ISO-9001 (Model for Quality Assurance in Production,
Installation and Servicing). The intent of this specification requirement is to ensure that
the products from the manufacturer are delivered through a Quality System and
Framework that will assure consistency in the products delivered for this project.

1.3.4 This system shall have a documented history of compatibility by design for a minimum of
10 years. Future compatibility shall be supported for no less than 10 years. Compatibility
shall be defined as the ability to upgrade existing field panels and extend new field
panels.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 3 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.4 Control Drawings

1.4.1 Submit all Control drawings for review before proceeding with procurement or site specific
software development and according to a schedule to be established with the consultant.

1.4.2 Submit Drawings for all equipment to be provided, including but not limited to:

A. Software packages
B. Management station central equipment
C. Specification data sheets of each hardware component or software module.
D. Schematic diagrams showing system configuration and interconnection of
management stations and all field panels in accordance with the specified level
1 and level 2 networks.
E. Schematic diagrams for all building systems showing control devices,
instrumentation, product interconnection, panel wiring, interlocking and
component tag identification as well as written sequence of operation. Show
panel spare capacity.
F. Descriptive data of all operating, user and application software including
complete operators manuals, programmers manuals, and alphanumeric
mnemonic point name convention sheet.
G. Other drawings as appropriate. General advertising type literature is only
acceptable as additional support information.

1.4.3 Submit 4 sets of final as-built documentation including the above items and complete
with troubleshooting procedures.

1.4.4 Provide final documentation to serve the diverse needs of personnel concerned with
instruction, operation, procurement, installation and maintenance.

1.4.5 Shop drawings and final documentation will be reviewed to ensure that such documents
are in keeping with the intent of this specification and fully meet the requirements in
terms of content and format. Make all required changes to this documentation at no
additional cost.

1.4.6 Delivery of the final approved documentation, in hardcover 2-ring or 4-ring binders with
index page and index tabs, is required before the Certificate of Substantial Completion
will be issued.

1.4.7 Maintain a complete and current copy of all reviewed Shop Drawings at the job site.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 4 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.5 Reference standards

1.5.1 Provide electrical material and installation in accordance with the appropriate
requirements, and in accordance with applicable sections of the current edition of the
applicable local codes for electrical work and signaling systems. Install wiring in conduit
or approved totally enclosed raceways. Do not use cable raceways or troughs.
Approved ceiling plenum cable is acceptable where permitted by the local Authorities.

1.5.2 Provide electrical and electronic equipment, which meets the CE conformity
requirements as defined in CE directive 89/336/EEC Low voltage directive 73/23/EEC.

1.5.3 All control products provided for this project shall comprise a BACnet internetwork.
Communication involving control components (i.e., all types of controllers and
operator interfaces) shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-1995, BACnet. 28
ASHRAE GUIDELINE 13-2000

1.5.4 Provide Terminal Unit Controls which is LONMark/KNX compliant.

1.5.5 Modem interfacing provisions shall meet EIA RS232C. Modems shall comply with the
local required communication protocol with minimum transmission rate of 28,800 baud.

1.5.6 All equipment and systems installed under this Contract shall meet following
specifications on electromagnetic compatibility:

 Interference immunity according to EN50082-2

 Emitted interference according to EN50081-1

 Provide equipment which functions and meets all detailed performance criteria when
operating in the following minimum ambient condition ranges:

 Operating Temperature - 0 to 45 deg C [32 to 122 deg F] (Class 3K5 to IEC 721)

 Relative Humidity 10% to 85% non –condensing (Class 3K5 to IEC 721)

 Electrical power service of single phase, 230V AC +/- 10%, 50 Hz nominal

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 5 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1. General System Architecture

1.1.1 The architecture of the Building Automation System shall consist of three levels:
 The Field Level
 The Automation Level
 The Management Level

2. The Field Level

2.1 General

2.1.1 The Field Level shall consist of a distributed network of LONmark/KNX VAV/FCU Controllers and
Lighting Controllers (Application Specific Controllers) etc.

Application-specific controllers must be selected according to the equipment listed on the


schedule. Provide for control of each piece of equipment including:
Variable air volume (VAV ) boxes
Reheating coils (LPHW or electric)
Radiators (LPHW or electric)
Fan coil units (FCU)
Fan-powered boxes (FPB)
Chilled ceilings

2.1.2 Integrated applications (combined applications including lighting and/or blinds)

2.1.3 The functions of the VAV / FCU Controllers and Lighting Controllers are:
 Physical connections to field devices such as sensors, actuators, transducers and relays
 Conversion of analog outputs from engineering units to physical variables such as 0-100% to
a Modulating signal.
 Reporting changes from field devices to the automation level
 Translating commands from the automation level to output signals
 Local control functions such as PID control loops, interlocks, local calculations and execution
of default start/stop time schedules

2.1.4 LONmark/KNX VAV/FCU Controllers shall be provided under this contract

2.1.5 Each VAV/FCU Controller shall operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its
specified control responsibilities, including PI loop control, independently of other controllers in
the network.

2.1.6 For fault tolerance, a dedicated VAV/FCU Controller shall be provided for each VAV box or FCU.
It is the intent that the failures of any one VAV/FCU Controller not affect the operation of more
than one VAV box or FCU. A common controller for FCUs/ VAVs serving different areas shall not
be acceptable. These controllers shall be looped with a LON bus cable and connected to the
automation level via an interface unit.

2.1.7 In general the Controller shall comply with the following specifications

 For 2 or 4 pipe FCU’s, with or without changeover


 PID control
 Downloadable application software
 LONMark/KNX compatible bus communication
 To be integrated to the management station software

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 6 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

 Control of AC 24 V PWM valve actuators, 3 point AC 24 V valve and damper actuators, or


electric heating coils
 Volt-free relays for fan control
 Operating Voltage  230 V
 Internal fuse, thermal, automatic reset
 Connectable to 1 room unit

2.1.9 The application specific controller shall have a socket for connecting commissioning a service
terminal/tool. It shall be possible for to read, write and change parameters/ programs of any
application specific controller connected on the LON/KNX bus.

2.1.10 The application specific controllers shall be capable of working in conjunction with Return Air
Sensor for the Public Areas/Common Areas FCU’s. The Controller shall be selected f to meet the
description written in Control Schematic.

2.2 Communications Network

2.2.1 The Controllers shall utilize standard protocols at all levels. The following protocols are to be
used at the various level
 Management Level BACnet, Ethernet TCP/IP,
 Automation level BACnet over IP
 Field Level Lontalk with LONMARK profiles/ KNX

3. The Automation Level

3.1 General
3.1.1 The automation level shall comprise of General Purpose Controllers. The controllers shall be
native BACnet devices in compliance ANSI-ASHRAE 135-195, BACnet. The DDC controllers
should be approved by BTL (BACnet Testing Laboratory) & BTL logo should be printed on the
controllers.

3.1.2 At this level, the building services systems are controlled and monitored by the freely
programmable automation stations. Typically, the full range of plant functions within a building
is distributed to a number of automation stations, all of which are capable of stand-alone
operation. The automation stations are interconnected to form a network with a "flat" topology,
both for peer-to-peer exchange of data and for communication with one or more operator
units and with the management level. All automation stations in the network are of equal
status and each automation station can initiate or execute a communications service at any
time. The management level communicates with the automation level via the BACnet
protocol. There is no need for special "data concentrators" such as data servers or gateways
between these two levels. This makes it possible to connect a management station directly to
the automation level network. It shall be possible to use Clients Ethernet/IP infrastructure as
the transmission medium for the building automation and control system network. The
automation stations record plant values via analog and binary inputs (AI, BI) and pass control
signals to the plant via analog and binary outputs (AO, BO). The physical inputs and outputs
are either located directly in the automation stations or connected remotely via a field bus. In
case DDC controllers are communicating with remote I/O modules the polling cycle between
I/O modules and DDC shall not be more than 0.5 second

3.2 Hardware

3.2.1. The DDC Controller shall be UL or CE listed. DDC controller shall be installed at site in enclosure
as specified elsewhere in the specification. The number of DDC controllers shall be adequate to
connect to the number input/output points required. Each DDC outstation shall be installed with a
minimum of 5% spare point capacity such that additional points may be connected by adding an
end device, wiring and programming.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 7 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.1.3 The DDC Controller shall be designed to be mounted in a mechanical room environment with a
rated operating temperature range of 0°C to 50°C. If the proposed DDC Controller is not rated to
50°C, DDC enclosure shall be equipped with a fan for ventilation.

3.1.3.4 The DDC controllers shall be provided with minimum 32bit microprocessors to carry our
required control and management functions. Each DDC shall be a native BACnet device
directly connected to a TCP/IP network with BBC (BACnet Building Controller) profile certified
by BACnet Test Laboratories. Each DDC Automation Controller shall act as a BACnet Server;
such that it can communicate with its peers as well as 3rd party controllers without the need of
any other higher level servers/routers/system controllers. The required control & application
programs for each DDC shall be stored in a FLASH memory. The controllers shall have a
memory upto 30MB. The data backup in case of power failure for application and parameters
stored in the FLASH memory shall be for minimum period of 10 years.

3.2.1.5 Each DDC Controller shall be equipped with a battery-backed real-time clock. The intent is that if
communications with the system controller is interrupted then the DDC Controller is still capable
of using a default seven-day start/stop schedule.

3.2.1.6 Each DDC Controller shall have a dedicated service port to plug in the portable operator's
terminal (POT). It shall be possible to read, write and change any parameters on a bus by
plugging the POT to any one of the Controllers on the communication trunk. The portable
operator's terminal shall have a visual and audible alarm with mute facility on its fascia. The POT
shall have minimum three password levels. Separate cabling for connecting the POT shall not be
acceptable. Changing the parameters locally from any Outstation shall be done by POT which is
truly portable and hand held and not via Laptops.

3.2.1.7 The DDC Controllers shall be fully programmable to meet the sequence of operation and future
modifications. For ease of support and documentation, the preferred method of programming is
graphical.

3.2.1.8 The automation stations for the primary plant incorporate the following functions:

o Measurement and control and the associated processing of the input and output signals
o Trend data logging
o Monitoring of process variables and generation of alarms
o Distribution of alarms and alarm acknowledgements
o Storage of alarms
o Acknowledgement and reset of alarms
o Implementation of calendar and 7-day programs
o Replication of global data to ensure consistency
o Resolution of references to other automation stations
o Administration of clients for change-of-value notifications
o Monitoring of process variables for changes of value
o Exchange of data with clients and other automation stations
o Execution of the life-check function
o Monitoring of hardware and software functions, and generation of an event when a fault is
Detected
o Event distribution
o Time synchronization
o Daylight saving time change
o Processing of BACnet access routines for operation and monitoring by one or more clients
o Various error handling procedures (e.g. for the exchange of data)

3.2.1.9 Apart from the freely programmable control functions DDC shall provide integrated
convenient management functions such as:

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 8 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

o Alarm management with alarm routing throughout the whole network. Three level alarm
management (simple, basic and enhanced) with safety control transmission and automatic
transmission monitoring
o Time schedulers
o Trend functions
o Remote management functions
o Access protection for the whole network with individually defined user profiles and categories

4. The Management Level

4.1 General

4.1.1 The Management Level shall consist of a distributed network of Operator Workstations. The
function of the Operator Workstation is to provide a user-friendly operator interface and to
provide data archiving facilities. For system reliability, the Workstations shall not be required to
perform any of the control features.

4.1.2 The management station shall be capable of the following:


1 Display of graphical representations of the plant overlaid with live data
2 Monitor and operate / influence process devices
3 Receiving of alarm messages from the process level and directing them to the appropriate
reporting device e.g. printer, pager, fax, e-mail, SMS
4 Monitor process devices for communication problems and other device faults.
5 Adjusting time strategies in the process level.
6 Long term storage of logged data from the process devices
7 Archiving / retrieve data to/from long term data storage
8 Display graphically the logged data
9 Custom application programming

4.1.3 Any PC, which is required to perform the control features as specified, is considered to be a file
server. To distribute the processing and for fault tolerance, it is the intention to avoid the use of a
file server in the architecture.

4.1.4 The management station shall allow supplier independent integration of further subsystems.

4.2 Management level network

4.2.1 The management shall be able to deal with the high data traffic with complex data structures
between management stations and between the management station and the process level.

4.2.2 The management stations shall be able to support current and future building management
standard and propriety protocols in order to allow backward and forward compatibility.

4.2.3 The network technology must be based the IT standards Ethernet and TCP/IP, and be
compatible with the latest LAN, WAN technology.

4.2.4 When connected to an IT network this can be either a dedicated IT network for the building
management stations or own the clients IT network.

4.2.5 When connected to a client's IT network, the management stations and process devices
connected to that network have to co-exist with the other network devices.

4.2.6 Where the system works over more than one building over a large area (WAN - Wide Area
Network), the client will be responsible for Data management devices ensuring the BACS can
send information over routers, fire walls etc

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 9 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4.3 Hardware

4.3.1 The hardware platform for the BACS Workstation shall meet the following specification:
 Intel® Core™ i5 microprocessor running at least at 2.5 GHz or latest.
 4GB RAM DDR3
 500 GB of HDD with SATA III
 24” Super TFT monitor, HD Graphics
 Standard keyboard and mouse
 DVD Super Multi
 Multimedia features

4.3.2 One No. Workstation shall be provided, to be located at a suitable Location as decided during
submittal stage. The Workstation shall be provided with two 80-column dot matrix printers with
tractor feed paper. One printer shall be used to print operator-requested information such as
reports and the other printer shall be used to print messages sent by the Message Management
feature.

4.4 Software

Management Station Operator Interface

4.4.1 Provide an operator interface based on Microsoft Operating systems: Windows 8 Pro,
Enterprise 64/32 bit and Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate, Enterprise 64 bit with true pre-
emptive multi-tasking, multi-user capability running on standard PC platforms. The operator
software shall also support Windows Server 2012 Standard 64 bit or Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard 64 bit.

4.4.2 Databases: Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Express / Standard 32 and 64bit Microsoft SQL
Server 2012 Express / Standard 64bit

4.4.3 Operator/User interface should support the BACnet B-AWS profile and should be available for 32
bit as well as 64 bit versions of the latest PC client- (business versions) and server- operating
systems. Furthermore, 64 bit versions of Microsoft SQL server 2012 databases should also be
supported. The user interface should also be with BTL logo and BACnet certificate.

4.4.4 Provide an operator interface with true pre-emptive multi-tasking, multi-user capability running on
standard PC platforms. The BMS software shall use Windows authentication method for
enhanced security. The BMS software shall have a feature of automatic logoff in the event no
user interaction is detected for a certain period of time.

4.4.5 A proprietary operating system will not be acceptable.

4.4.6 As an integration platform, the BACS shall be designed for a simultaneous connection to
multiple systems and use by multiple operators, each with their unique focus. With the BACS
the user shall be assured of optimal system performance of building automation and fire life
safety applications. The workflow-oriented user interface shall provide the same look, feel and
operation to all connected subsystems. This shall bring integration to the next level, a
unification where tasks are not differentiated by the subsystem. As an open system, the
BACS shall unify workflows and user interfaces for supervisory tasks such as commanding,
event handling, reporting, and scheduling.

4.4.7 Graphics: Graphics shall be built using smart objects that know how they are used and how
to represent themselves graphically. The use of smart objects allows users to create graphics
by simply dragging-and-dropping objects onto a page, without manually binding an object to
graphical symbols. BACS shall also provide a powerful AutoCAD importing tool that allows to
select and manipulate layers of AutoCAD drawings both during and after the import process.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 10 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

4.4.8 BACS shall be designed for integration. It shall interact with multiple disciplines such as
HVAC, lighting, shading, power, fire safety and security. It shall be a native 64-bit system that
easily integrates into the modern IT landscape with the latest Microsoft OS and full VMWare
virtualization support.

4.4.9 The User Interface shall be based on a basic taskbar, which is always visible, and which
provides at all times a summary of the most important system information and essential system
functions which are:

4.4.9.1 Alarm summary which indicates for at least 3 priority groups the number of active
alarms, system message status, site connection status and time and date.
4.4.9.2 Control of access privileges and security mechanisms for access to program modules
and third-party software at log-in and log-out.
4.4.9.3 User- and password-dependent access to systems and sub-systems.
4.4.9.4 Automatic user-specific start sequences
4.4.9.5 Facility to establish and terminate connection to various sites
4.4.9.6 Simultaneous connection of at least of 4 sites via serial connections / 50 sites via
LAN/WAN connections for a comprehensive overview on geographically distributed
projects

4.4.10 Provide functionality such that any of the following may be performed simultaneously on-line, and
in any combination, via user-sized windows.

Operator shall be able to drag and drop information between applications reducing the number of
operation steps.

System access control for individual access to sites, applications, functions and objects

Dynamic colour graphics and graphic control with minimum of following features
 Hierarchically linked, animated high-resolution bit-map colour graphics (XGA 1024 x 768
pixels)
 Choice of 2D and 3D symbols with animation based on status
 Direct access to setpoints, parameters, operating modes , alarms, time-programs, on-line
and off-line trend data features
 Dynamic multi-tasking with all active pages
 Monitoring and operation of plant at several levels
 Flexible operation of multiple pages using plant viewer navigation bar combined with
standard handling of windows
 Navigation to al other management station software applications
 User-definable page size
 Jump tags for jumps on the same level or between levels
 ToolTips for all dynamic objects, with the option of 'User', 'Technical' or 'System' information
 Context-specific information (e.g. data sheets) can be attached to any dynamic object
 Capable of graphics to be printed in colour or monochrome
 All 32 bit graphic file formats supported by Windows can be imported (e.g.  AutoCAD, PCX
etc.,)
 Dynamic display of the Psychrometric chart, enabling easy simulation of the air - conditioning
processes.

4.4.11 Plant operation with explorer – all objects shall be displayed in a graphical tree structure in order
to access points which are not included / defined in the graphics.

4.4.12 The interface shall have a built in Eco monitoring system. The Eco monitoring system
function provides basics for decision making regarding economical operation of all primary
plants and prevents unnecessary energy consumption and wear and tear. Breaches of limit
values are indicated automatically by a change of color on the Green Leaf display from green
to red in the taskbar, the Eco Viewer, and Plant Viewer. The Eco Viewer, based on reference

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 11 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

data (quality state indicators) shows the efficiency of primary plants in real time (baseline
comparison). To evaluate the data, the value determined from the expired period is recorded
in a trend log object.

4.4.13 Alarm handling – all the alarms shall be displayed in a graphical tree structure in order to locate
alarms quick and easily. As a minimum, the system shall support the following features
 Operation and manipulation of alarms (based on user privileges)
 Alarm message printing
 Alarms printed independently of the management station (direct connection at automation
level)
 Automatic pop-up windows for immediate display and operation of alarms (including pop-ups
rd
in 3 party programs)
 Audible or multi-media alarm indication
 Continuous overview of all active alarms from site (updated automatically, displayed in order
of priority, option of personalized view)
 Graphics based topological view of alarms
 Chronological alarm view
 Option of displaying detailed information
 Direct access to associated plant graphics
 Comprehensive filter and search criteria (time, date, priority, discipline, alarm status etc.,)
 Colour coding based on alarm priority / alarm status (screen and printer)
 Alarms for out of limit values (high, low), change of state, run-time limits exceeded etc.,
 Option of repeating unacknowledged alarms at regular intervals

rd
Creation of reports, with facility to print or export alarm data to 3 party programs for further
analysis
 Facility to save user-defined filter criteria
 User-specific configuration of the alarm view including on-line configuration

4.4.14 Alarm routing is an important feature of the BACS. The BACS shall have the following features

 Routing of alarms to alarm printer, fax, pager or mobile phone


 Time schedule for each message recipient
 Alarm routing based on priority
 Alarm routing based on discipline (HVAC, Security etc.,)
 Alarms routing to person responsible at site
 Alarm routing based on text
 Alarm routing to person(s) responsible for specific equipment or systems

Option of manual transmission of messages from the management system

4.4.15 Trend data module, including dynamic trend data definition and graphical presentation
 On-line or off-line real-time data
 Simultaneous display of up to ten signals per window
 Absolute or relative time intervals
 Zoom, scroll and cursor features for faster data analysis
 Flexible, easy-to-use scaling feature with charts displayed in 2D or 3D
 Drag-and-drop feature for trend views with automatic scaling and data export
 Off-line data logging triggered manually, automatically, or on a time or event basis
 Logging and intermediate storage of off-line trend data operates independently of the
management
 Automatic upload from automation level to local or remote management stations
 Management station display and archiving of on-line and off-line trend data
 Print-outs of trend data

rd
Easy export of data to 3 party software

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 12 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

 Facility to export trend data directly to auxiliary programs such as ADP (Advanced Data
rd
Processing) or to 3 party software such as MS-Excel

4.4.16 History Logging Module for alarms, user actions, system events and messages
The module shall be categorized into the following sections

ALARM LOG  contains all incoming alarms in chronological order

SYSTEM LOG  shows at a glance if a printer somewhere in the system has run out of paper,
or a hard disk is full. Communication events are also recorded here, showing for example when
communication was established or terminated

USER LOG  lists al the activities carried out by the user at the management station,
unauthorized attempts, modification of parameters, set points etc.,

STATUS LOG  to check the status of all incoming messages

The Log Viewer shall have the following features

 Storage of alarms routed to the management station


 Storage of all system messages (from printer, communications, management station,
modem etc.,)
 Storage of all user activities performed at the management station
 Facility to enter and store user comments on events and activities
 Facility to display, at a keystroke, detailed information on every entry
 Extensive filter options to focus and reduce the volume of information displayed
 Comprehensive search features for fast access to information
 Facility to display an overview of data for a given day or week
 Once defined, filter and search criteria can be saved for future re-use
 Compact archiving of virtually un-limited number of entries (depending on hard-disk capacity)
 Automatic data management and archiving functions
 Facility to create and print log summaries

rd
Export of log entries for further analysis with 3 party software (eg –MS access)
User specific configuration of log view can be adapted directly on line

4.4.17 Scheduling Module for operation and programming of the time programs. The time-scheduler
shall have the following features
 7 day time programs
 Exception programs (local, building-wise or system-wise)
 Direct display of time programs within Plant viewer graphics
 Simple graphics programming of switch times
 Graphics based overview of all time programs in the system
 Graphics based overview of a 7 day programme including all exception programmes
 Graphics based overview of all plant points affected by a time programme
 Direct entry of various operating modes (comfort, stand-by, energy hold-off)
 Easy creation, modification and deletion of all time programmes
 Scroll features for fast access to specific weeks or days
 Storage and processing independent of management station
 Automatic synchronization of all time programmes in a system
 Support of different time zones (remote managed sites0
 Option of synchronization via radio clock
 Printed reports in various display forms
 Makes reporting easy.
 Powerful report engine which includes a wide range of standard reports and lets you create and
customize reports that can be tailored with real-time charts, graphs and other relevant images and
pictures.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 13 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

 It can automatically create and run reports based on a preset schedule or event trigger, and the
system allows users to create report templates that can be saved and modified for future use.
Historical information is stored in standard SQL database format.

4.4.18 Remote communications software, supporting remote access from/to process devices on
automation via:
4.4.18.1 AutoDial links (both dial-up and dial-down)
4.4.18.2 ISDN facilities
4.4.18.3 Ethernet / TCP/IP Local Area Networks
4.4.18.4 TCP/IP Wide Area Networks

4.5 Portable Operator Terminal

4.5.1 Furnish a Portable Operator’s Terminal that shall be capable of accessing all system data.
This device may be connected to any point on the system network or may be connected
directly to any controller for programming, setup, and troubleshooting. This device may be
connected to any point on the BMS LAN network using BACnet over IP protocol. The
rd
Portable Operator Terminal should also be capable to read 3 party BACnet devices.

4.5.2 Data shall be displayed on a LCD screen which shall also provide functions and operation using
function keys. The following functions shall be offered by the Operators Terminal in English
language : List all Analog input and Output variables ,digital switching status and switching
commands, immediate display of alarm messages ; set system parameters at the user and
programming levels, list hours run and maintenance logs, alarms and reports. To protect data
from unauthorized access, 3 passwords protected operating levels shall be provided.

4.5.3 The POT shall also graphically display trends, time schedules etc.

5. INTEGRATION OF SECONDARY SYSTEMS

5.1 Integration’s shall be carried out at the most appropriate level within a system, depending on the
functions and interaction required.

5.2 If interaction is required between different sub-systems, the integration shall be carried out at
either the automation or field level.

5.3 Link to a third party software package such as a Planned Preventive Maintenance package or an
Energy Monitoring package shall be carried out at the management level.

5.4 When sharing alarm and historical information with Maintenance Management and Energy
Management packages, the management system shall provide the information in a standard
commercially available format e.g. MS Access and using standard mechanisms e.g. ODBC .

5.5 Real-time “live” information shall be transferred form the management system to a third party
package e.g. MS Excel, either by a standard inter-application mechanism e.g. DDE or OPC or by
developing a connection by using a documented API for the management system.

5.6 The Secondary System Supplier shall provide the necessary line drivers and cables,
documentation and support to make the connection into the device that will provide the protocol
conversion (an Industry Standard Open Protocol). The BMS shall perform and provide all
functionality as provided to it by the Secondary System Supplier via this integration channel.

5.7 The BACS shall have the ability to Integrate with Systems that conform to the Echelon
R TM R
Corporations LonWorks , LONMark/KNX technology utilizing LonTalk Communications
Protocol. The Interface to the BMS shall be in either of the 2 methods (a) LON Data taken from
the LON Bus and connected to the BMS Management station by a standard Echelon designed
interface eg: PCLTA10, SLTTA10. In this mode of Integration the Lon data is taken from the LON

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 14 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

bus and interfaced to the BMS via OPC server. (b) The Lon System shall be able provide the
BMS with their configuration files i.e .xif Files for integrating to the BMS.

5.8 The BACS shall have the ability to integrate with EIB Systems .The Integration shall be done at
the Automation or Management Level providing a 2 way communication between the connected
systems. The Engineering for EIB shall be done using the ETS –EIB Tool

5.9 The Secondary Systems which shall be Integrated to the BACS are (as per Project
Requirements) –

 To be confirmed

6. DOCUMENTATION
In order to have clear system documentation, the following documents have to be provided:
 system diagram
 wiring diagram
 lists of parameters

For hand-over all documents must be up to date and provided with the date.

7. SERVICES

The type and scope of the required services are described below. The rates for engineering,
commissioning and adjustment must contain all services required to ensure optimum operation
of the plants.

8. ENGINEERING/PLANNING

In addition to the required, complete documentation, the service must include:


 analysis of all functions together with the contractor
 binding information about conditions of connection of equipment
 scheduling and co-ordination with the contractor and design engineer

9. COMMISSIONING/ADJUSTMENT

Function-oriented commissioning includes the following services, which are to be provided by


BACS specialist:
 verification of the external connections of the equipment
 verification of the data transfer channels of the system
 loading and testing of all basic and user programs belonging to the equipment
 optimization of the control parameters

10. ELECTRIC & ELECTRONIC RELATED EQUIPMENTS

10.1.1 Conditions
o
10.1.2 All controls shall be capable of operating in ambient conditions varying between 0-40 C and 90%
r.h. non-condensing.

10.1.3 Conduit Entry

All control devices shall, unless provided with a flying lead, have a 20-mm conduit knockout.
Alternatively, they shall be supplied with adapters for 20-mm conduit.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 15 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

10.1.4 Ancillary Items

When items of equipment are installed in the situations listed below the BACS/ Control Specialist
shall include the following ancillary items:

10.1.5 Weather Protection

All devices, which are exposed to the atmosphere, are to be weatherproofed. All controls,
peripherals and associated accessories serving Chillers, Roof Mounted Air Handling Units and
other equipment which are exposed shall be protected from Dust, Rain and Solar Radiation.
Adequate protection shades etc., shall be provided by the MEP contractor

10.1.6 Pipe work Immersion

Corrosion resisting pockets of a length suitable for the complete active length of the device,
screwed 1/2" or 3/4" BSPT suitable for the temperature, pressure and medium.

10.1.7 Duct Mounting (Metal or Builders Work)

The MEP contractor shall provide mounting flanges, clamping bushes, couplings, lock nuts,
gaskets, brackets, sealing glands and any special fittings necessitated by the device.

11. Samples

Samples of all types of room mounted equipment (i.e. detectors, thermostats, etc.), Valves &
Actuators shall be provided by the BACS/Controls Specialist for approval by the
Consultant/Engineer. The Products shall be the same make as the BMS Make and not be out
rd
sourced from any other 3 Party Sub vendor.

12. Accuracy

Control and measuring devices shall have the following limits of accuracy:
o
Temperature : +/- 1 C over the range of 0°C to 50°C
Pressure : +/- 1.5% of measured value
Humidity : +/- 5% r.h over the range of 10 to 90% r.h

13 Averaging Elements

Averaging elements shall be used downstream of the Cooling Coil and Upstream of the Heating
Coil and shall have a minimum capillary length of 8.2 m. The capillary element shall be
serpentine across the whole duct. Where the span of the element is less than 1 m then it shall be
fixed with purpose-made clips and may be unsupported across the duct. Where the span of the
element is above 1 m then it should be supported on Unistrut or similar rigid support. The
element shall be clipped every 200m and the supports and hangers shall be adequate to prevent
vibration of the element.

14. Pressure switches for Air Systems

14.1 Pressure switches for Air Systems shall be diaphragm operated. Switches shall be supplied with
air connections permitting their use as static or differential pressure switches.

14.2 The switch shall be of differential pressure type complete with connecting tube and metal bends
for connections to the duct. The housing shall be IP54 rated. The pressure switches shall be
available in minimum of 3 ranges suitable for applications like Airflow proving, dirty filter, etc. The
setpoint shall be concealed type. The contact shall be SPDT type with 250 VAC, 1A rating.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 16 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

14.3 Shall be supplied suitable for wall mounting or mounting on ducts in any plane. It should be
mounted in such a way so that the condensation flow out of the sensing tips. Proper adapter
shall be provided for the cables.

14.4 The set point shall fall within 40%-70% of the scale range. Shall have differentials adjustable over
10%-30% of the scale range.

15. Air flow Switches

15.1 The Airflow switches shall be selected for the correct air velocity, duct size and mounting altitude.

15.2 Where special atmospheric conditions are detailed in the Motor Control Panel Equipment
Schedules, the parts of the switches shall be suitably coated or made to withstand such
conditions. Any variations from standard shall be detailed in the Tender.

16. Water flow switches

Water flow switches shall be selected for the correct water velocity and pipe size and mounting
attitude.

17. Room Temperature/Humidity Detectors


o
17.1 The temperature sensor shall have sensitivities such that a change at the detector of 0.2 C from
the stabilized condition is sufficient to start modulating the corrective element.

17.2 The temperature sensor shall be with silicon sensor having positive temperature coefficient. The
sensor shall be field wired using an unscreened cable to a base plate. The sensor housing shall
plug into the base so that the same can be easily removed without disturbing the wiring
connections. The protection standard shall be IP30 in accordance with IEC 144, DIN 40050.
These should be generally mounted 1.5 m above the floor level. These should not be mounted
near the heat sources such as windows, electrical appliances, etc. The final location shall be as
o o
per the consulting engineers' approval. The sensor shall be linear over 0 C to 50 C.

17.3 Shall operate on extra-low voltage and be suitable for mounting on British Standard conduit
boxes.

17.4 The humidity sensor shall be in an independent housing or be combined with the room/duct type
temperature sensor in he common housing. The sensor should be electronic type with
capacitive sensing element. As a minimum it should have a range of 10 to 90% RH.

18. Immersion/temperature detector and duct mounted temperature/humidity detectors


o
18.1 The temperature sensor shall have sensitivities such that changes at the detector, for 0.3 C and
o
0.2 C respectively, from the stabilized conditions, are sufficient to start modulating the corrective
element.

18.2 The humidity sensor shall be in an independent housing or be combined with the room/duct type
temperature sensor in the common housing. The sensor should be electronic type with
capacitive sensing element. As a minimum should have a range of 10 to 90% RH.

18.3 The temperature sensor shall be with silicon sensor having Positive Temperature Coefficient.
The sensor shall be field wired using an unscreened cable to a base plate. The sensor housing
shall plug into the base so that the same can be easily removed without disturbing the wiring
connections. The protection standard shall be IP43 in accordance with IEC 144, DIN 40050.

18.4 The wiring terminals shall be plug-in type for easy installation and maintenance. The sensor
shall be mounted in the duct based on the guidelines given by the specialist control supplier. The
o o
sensor shall be linear over 0 C to 50 C.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 17 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

19. Pressure Detectors (for liquids and gaseous media)

19.1 Pressure detectors shall be suitable for the suitable for the medium and the working
temperatures and pressures. The pressure detector shall be capable of withstanding a hydraulic
test pressure of 2 times the working pressure. Connections shall be suitable for 1/2 to 1/8th in
o.d. copper tube.

19.2 Ductwork versions shall be supplied with the air connections permitting their use as static or
differential pressure detectors.

19.3 The setpoint shall fall within 40%-70% of the sensing range of the detector. The detector shall
have sensitivity such that a change of 1.5% from the stabilized condition shall cause modulation
of the corrective element.

19.4 The static pressure sensor shall be rated for IP65 and the differential pressure sensor shall be as
a minimum IP54. The principle of operation should be based on a hall-effect transducer. The
diaphragm should be copper benylium type. The sensor must be pressure compensated for a
o o
medium temperature of -10 to 80 C with ambient ranging between -25 to 60 C.

20. Air Pressure sensor

The pressure sensor shall be differential type. The construction shall be spring loaded
diaphragm type. The movement of the membrane in relation to the pressure should be
converted by an inductive coupling, which would electromagnetically give an output suitable for
the controller. The pressure sensor shall in housing having IP54 ratings in accordance with
IEC529. Suitable mounting arrangement shall be available on the sensor. The sensor shall
come complete with the PVC tubes, probes, etc.

21. Actuators

21.1 Shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations.

21.2 The Products shall be the same make as the BMS Make and not be out sourced from any other
rd
3 Party Sub vendor.

21.3 Shall have a sufficient torque to open and close valves and dampers against the maximum out of
balance pressure across them.

21.4 Control Damper Actuators

Control Damper Actuators shall be of the type where the damper spindle passes through the
actuator and is secured by a U clamp.

Rotary type damper actuators shall be used on the project. The actuators shall not require any
maintenance. The actuators shall have sufficient torque ratings to operate the dampers of
various sizes.

These should be available in spring return versions as specified elsewhere in the document.
Limit switches, if required/specified shall be provided for.

The actuators shall be suitable for On/Off and modulating operations.

21.5 Actuator Additional features

Actuator Additional features are required when detailed in the Motor Control Panel Equipment
Schedules or the Performance Section of the Specification.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 18 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Auxiliary Switches:

For On/off applications, the actuators shall have changeover contacts suitable for 220 VAC. 2
amp rating.

Auxiliary switch packs containing at least one, if specified two, electrically independent switches
one for each end of the motor travel, adjustable for operation over at least half the motor travel.

Feedback signal
0 to 10 V dc signal should be available from the modulating damper actuator for parallel
operation or as feedback. Please refer the data point schedules / sequence of operation/
drawings to incorporate this feature wherever asked for.

22. CONTROL VALVES (MODULATING)

22.1 General

All control Valves with Kv lesser than or equal to 4 shall have RG5 gunmetal / red bronze body.
Actuators shall be PWM or 0-10v dc modulating motor type or 3 point reversible motor type.
PWM actuators shall be used in conjunction with controllers having in-built PID algorithm.

Control Valves with Kv = 6.3 shall have RG5 gunmetal / red bronze body. Actuators shall be 3
point reversible motor type or 0 – 10 V dc modulating motor type. Actuators shall have manual
override facility.

Control valves with Kv >6.3 shall have RG5 gunmetal / CI. Actuators shall be magnetic or 3 point
reversible motor type or 0 – 10 V dc modulating motor type. Actuators shall have manual
override facility.

The Valves and actuators shall be the same make as the approved BMS Make and not be out
rd
sourced from any other 3 Party Sub vendor.

22.2 Valves up to including 40 mm shall be rated for 16 bar Nominal Pressure. Valves for 50 mm and
above shall be rated for nominal pressure of 10 bar, provided the operating pressure of the
system is not greater than 6 bar. Valves above 100 mm shall be rated for 16 bar Nominal
Pressure and actuators shall for these valves be magnetic / electro–hydraulic / motoric working a
0-10v DC modulating signal. Actuators for valves 100 mm dia and above shall have spring
return feature as well as manual override facility. All FCU valves shall have and all FAHU/AHU
valves shall have rangeability > 100 to ensure better operation at low load conditions. Thermal
Actuators are not acceptable. The valve actuators shall fit on the valve body directly without the
use of any linkages which create maintenance problems over a period.

22.3 Authority

All 3 port modulating valves shall be selected to have an authority between 0.4 and 0.68.

For systems using 2 port modulating valves, the MEP contractor shall furnish the controls’
supplier details such as, Pressure drop across the index circuit based on which the pump head
was calculated, the pump head calculation, the design head of the pump ordered for the project,
the available pressure on the system and the nodal pressures on each branch circuit of each
AHU / FCU. Based on these data, the controls’ supplier shall submit the working principle for
valve selection.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 19 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

23. Butterfly valves

Butterfly valves shall be manufactured by the Controls Manufacturer approved by the Consultant
/ Engineer.

24. Standalone Room Temperature Controllers for FCU. The room controller shall be semi flush
mount type with LCD display. The controller shall work on 230V operating voltage and shall be
capable of giving on/off and 3 position control outputs. In general the standalone controller shall
have the following functionality:
• Maintain room temperature via built-in temperature sensor or external room temperature
/ return air temperature sensor
• Automatic or manual changeover between heating and cooling mode
• Selection of applications via DIP switches
• Selection operating mode via the operating mode button on the controller
• Single or 3-speed fan control (automatic or manual)
• Display current room temperature or setpoint in °C and/or °F
• Minimum and maximum setpoint limitation
• Keypad lock (automatic and manual)
• Upto two multifunctional inputs, freely selectable for:
– Operating mode switchover contact (key card)
– Automatic heating/cooling changeover sensor
– External room temperature or return air temperature
– Dewpoint sensor
– Electrical heater enable
– Alarm input
The following optional functions shall be available
•Advanced fan control function, i.e. fan kick, fan start, selectable fan operation
(enable, disable or depending on heating or cooling mode)
• Purge function together with 2-port valve in a 2-pipe changeover system
• Reminder to clean filters
• Optional backlit LCD

24. DDC PANELS

24.1 The out-station panel housing the DDC controllers shall be located inside the conditioned area.
Proper care shall be taken to ensure that there is no induction problem between the control and
power cables. These panels shall be IP54 and supplied by the specialist controls supplier.

24.2 The DDC controllers located inside these out-station panels shall provide the required signals to
the various equipment connected to these DDC controllers. The DDC controllers shall be
capable of accepting digital input signals in the form of volt-free contacts from Motor control
center. The MEP contractor shall co-ordinate this activity.

24.3 All these outstations shall be connected with a communication bus cable and terminated to the
BACS central station.

24.4 It should be possible to connect the Portable hand held terminal to be connected to any of the
DDC Controller and communicate with any other DDC controllers on the same bus.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

3.1.1 All wiring shall be done accordance with IEE regulation, but not in contradiction with local
authority requirements.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 20 of 21


2B+G+4+R Hotel Apartment Building
Plot No. 1240660 Tender Document
Al Muraqqabat, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3.1.2 The BACS contractor shall coordinate with the MEP Contractor for assuring that the conduit
sizes and wire quantity , size and type are suitable for the system supplied. The BACS Supplier
shall review the proper installation of each type of device with the MEP contactor.

3.1.3 The Contactor shall provide all sensing, control and wiring for the following unless shown or
specified elsewhere by others.

 BMS Inputs and Outputs


 BMS Communication
 BMS System Power
 Chiller System Interlocks
 Miscellaneous Exhaust Fan Interlocks
 Smoke Damper End Switches.

3.2 Training

3.2.1 All training shall be by the BACS contractor and shall utilize specified manuals and As-Built
Documentation

Operator training shall include total two sessions each of eight-hour encompassing:

- Modifying text and graphics


- Sequence of operation review
- Selection of all displays and reports
- Use of all specified OS functions
- Use of portable operators terminals
- Trouble shooting of sensors (determining bad sensors)
- Password assignment and modification

3.2.2 The training shall be under taken in two phases. One training session shall be conducted at
system completion, and the other shall be conducted within forty-five days of system completion.

3.3 Warranty

3.3.1 All component, system software, parts and assemblies supplied by the BACS contractor shall be
guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one year from the acceptance
date.

3.3.2 Labour to troubleshoot, repair, reprogram, or replace system components shall be furnished by
the BACS contractor at no charge to the owner during the warranty period.

3.3.3 All corrective software modifications made during warranty service periods shall be updated on all
user documentation and on user and manufacturer archived software disks.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15650 – BMS Page 21 of 21


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15700
LPG SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 General Requirements


1.2 Scope of Works
1.3 Quality Assurance
1.4 Submittals

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Pipe
2.2 Fittings
2.3 LPG Central System

PART 3 EXECUTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 1 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Part-1 General

1 .1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1. The work of this Division shall be governed by the following documents:

A. General Conditions of Contract.


B. Instructions to Contractors
C. Form of Agreement.
D. Particular Conditions of Contract.
E. Form of Tender.
F. Applicable Divisions.
G. Bill of Quantities
H. Drawings

2. Comply with requirements of Mechanical General Provisions Section 15010, and applicable sections of
Division 16.

3. It is the Contractors responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the requirements of the above
listed documents, and further assure that all Subcontractors are equally informed.

4. Conform to General Instructions for Mechanical Division.

5. All work shall confirm to the latest edition of NFPA-58, NFPA-54 & UAE Fire And Life Safety Code of
Practice (Chapter 11), and the local authority having jurisdiction.

6. All work shall be carried out by licensed LPG installation contractors approved by authority (Civil
Defense) having jurisdiction or if in the absence of such a requirement, have done at least five similar
projects involving LPG installations where contractor shall have an experience of at least 10 years in
this field. Certificate of proofs must be submitted.

7. The Contractor shall obtain the necessary approval from the local authority having jurisdiction prior to
installation.
8. The subcontractor shall be responsible for coordination with other trades and services and shall
provide all materials, labor and supervision, equipment, tools, appliances services, etc. for carrying
out the following items of work

1.2 Scope of Works

This contract is for construction, completion and statutory maintenance of LPG system
as shown on the Contract drawings. The contract shall include for the complete installation, testing and
commissioning of the system and as per this specification and contract drawings:

1.3 Quality Assurance

The manufacturer's of all materials and equipment must have at least ten years of experience in the design
and manufacture of their products, maintaining highest quality in accordance with the associated standards.

1.4 Submittals

1. Refer to the applicable Divisions of the Specification for instructions and section 15010.

2. Submissions required with proposal, enclosing the following details

A. Name of specialist contractor.

B. List of Manufacturers of equipment specified within each Section of Division 15.


C. Resumes of Engineers & Technicians as called for in each Section.
D. Model numbers of each piece of equipment within each Section that varies from the Base
Manufacturer and two sets of colored catalogues.
E. Other data as called for in each Section.
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 2 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

3. The contractor shall submit to the Architect / Engineer the following documentation for review
and approval, before commencing work:

A. Materials and Equipment Schedule


B. All catalogue cuts, diagrams, samples, drawings and such other data may be required to
demonstrate compliance with the specification.

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Pipes:

This section includes basic design provisions and material specifications for pipe, tubing, pipe
and tubing fittings, valves used to connect container appurtenances / PRDP with the balance of the
LPG system:

A. Filling Line

Schedule 80, seamless black carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B or ASTM A106 or
API 5L, with all welded connections. Screw connections to be used at equipment connection & Filling
Point Connections only. Size of filling line and all related fittings & valves shall be 1 1/4".

Fittings & Accessories of Filling Line:


 One back check valve (on the tank)
 On double check filler valve in a protective box at ground floor level (filling point)
 Two Ball valve diameter 1 1/4" (one at each end)
 On safety relief valve of 1/4" near the gas tank.

Note: Filling line shall be installed outside the building (exposed) where a decorative louver type can
be performed upon the request of the Consultant which to be performed by the Main Contractor.

filling point shall have a dedicated earthing rod which shall be constructed by the MEP contractor

B. Vaporizer liquid intake line (in case vaporizer is required)

Steel pipes: Schedule 40, seamless black carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B or
ASTM A106 or API 5L
one Redoxide coating + one yellow paint coating shall be applied to all pipes & welding joints
Size & diameters of pipes shall be as per the vaporizer and tank fittings requirements

one no. ball valve & strainer shall be installed before the entry of the vaporizers
one no. ball valve shall be installed on the tank liquid outlet fitting
one no. power supply isolator (explosion proof) shall be fixed by the main contractor / MEP contractor
to supply the vaporizer with the required electrical power supply. where power supply shall be taken
from a dedicated breaker from the nearest Electrical DB.

C. Roof Distribution lines

Both copper & steel piping can be accepted where


for copper pipes: should be half hard R250 according to EN 1057 (formerly BS2871 part 1) of Type X
one yellow paint coating layer shall be applied to all pipes & brazed joints
Size & diameters of pipes shall be as shown on the drawings
where in case of installation of copper pipes on roof, it should be covers with GI sleeves where a
crossing is occurred.

for Steel pipes: Schedule 40, seamless black carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B or
ASTM A106 or API 5L
one Redoxide coating + one yellow paint coating shall be applied to all pipes & welding joints
Size & diameters of pipes shall be as shown on the drawings

all pipes shall be installed on parapet / on concrete blocks by the main contractor

pipe sizes shall be determined as per NFPA tables


M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 3 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

D. Droppers / Risers

Copper pipes: should be half hard R250 according to EN 1057 (formerly BS2871 part 1) of Type X
one yellow paint coating layer shall be applied to all pipes & brazed joints
Size & diameters of pipes shall be as shown on the drawings

Note: All Risers / Droppers which are located in shafts shall be installed in a dedicated fire rated shaft
/ fire rated separation from other services (such works shall be performed by the main contractor)
all shafts shall be naturally ventilated from top & bottom of shafts by the main contractor.

Every dropper/riser shall have a manual isolation valve before the entry of the shaft
pipe sizes shall be determined as per NFPA tables

E. Podium / Basement Distribution lines (Where applicable)

Steel pipes: Schedule 40, seamless black carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 Grade B or
ASTM A106 or API 5L
one Redoxide coating + one yellow paint coating shall be applied to all pipes & welding joints
Size & diameters of pipes shall be as shown on the drawings

In case a pipe in pipe installation is required by the Authorties (for unventilated areas / unventilated
parking) then a sleeve shall be installed of ERW light duty steel pipe or Grey PVC of sch. 40, carrier
pipe shall be fixed inside the sleeve pipe via rubber/PVC/steel spacers where spacers shall allow the
leaked gas to flow. the full network shall be naturally ventilated to outside atmosphere (by main
contractor) in either extending the sleeve pipe or in doing a ventilation ducting system. ventilation can
be from two sides of the network. the full pipe in pipe network shall be equipped with gas leak
detectors connected to main gas control panel where gas leak detectors shall be installed at intervals
of 25 to 30 mtrs.

F. Underground pipe network

in case gas tank/s is/are installed underground; then distribution piping from tank area to building
entry shall be of HDPE 100 - SDR11 and all related fittings shall be rates to be HDPE SDR11

pipes shall be buried between 0.7 to 1.5 mtrs in depth with dune sand where a warning tape shall be
laid at 30 cm below Finished ground level.

all HDPE pipes which are running under street or vehicle carriage way shall be protected by re-
enforced concrete slabs to distribute the load.

HDPE pipes which are passing throw intersections shall be installed within PVC / GI Sleeves with
spacers.

distance between HDPE pipes and electrical cables shall be maintained to be at least 40 cm in case
separation is not possible then a separation concrete slab shall be placed between the two services.

all sleeves and concrete and excavation works shall be done by the main contractor

HDPE pipes to be either orange or back with orange strips or black with yellow strips

G. Kitchen branches (laterals)

Should be copper coils: should be soft R220 according to EN 1057 (formerly BS2871 part 1) of
Type Y
one yellow paint coating layer shall be applied to all pipes & brazed joints
Size & diameters of coils to be 12 mm

H. Internal kitchen pipes

Should be copper coils: should be soft R220 according to EN 1057 (formerly BS2871 part 1) of
Type Y
M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 4 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

one yellow paint coating layer shall be applied to all pipes & brazed joints
Size & diameters of coils to be 12 mm (end connection before cooker shall be 6 or 8mm nozzle)

an automatic shut off valve shall be installed either behind the cooker or at the gas meter assemble
outlet inside the kitchen cabinet

2.2 PRDP (Pressure Reduction & Distribution Panel)

The Panel should include the following:

A. Emergency Manifold for 3 no. cylinders. (Spare in case of tank not used or empty).
B. Two general shut off valves of source of gas supply (tank or cylinders).
C. One emergency shut off valve, Intrinsically safe Solenoid valve 24 VDC. (Solenoid valve to be rated
for 2 Barg) [normally closed type]
D. One pressure switch
E. One pressure gauge Range 0-6 Bar
F. General shut off valves where required (brass or Steel valves)

Note: All the above listed items should be fixed in a protective aluminum / Steel box on the roof (near the tank
area)

All Cables between solenoid valve & Pressure switch to main gas control panel shall be of FP200 2 core +
earth of 1.5 mm2 - which shall be provided by the Main contractor / MEP contractor

2.3 LPG Tank

This section includes design, fabrication and marketing provisions for containers, and features
normally associated with container fabrication, such as container openings, appurtenances
required for these openings to make as containers gastight entities, physical damage protecting
devices, and container supports attached to, or furnished with the container by the manufacturer.

Containers shall comply with the below mentioned standards or shall be designed, fabricated,
tested and marked using criteria which incorporate an investigation to determine that it is safe and
suitable for the proposed service, is recommended for that service by the manufacturer and is
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

Containers shall be designed, fabricated, tested and marked (or stamped) in accordance with
Regulations of:
 Section VIII, Division 1, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
 or the API-ASME Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels for Petroleum Liquids and Gases
applicable at the data of manufacture
 or PED5500 (BS5500)
 or European Standards PED 97/23/EC

Containers showing serious denting, bulging, gouging or excessive corrosion shall be removed
from service.

Repair or alteration of containers shall comply with the regulations, Rules or Codes under which
the container was fabricated. Other welding is permitted only on saddle plates, lugs or brackets
attached to the container by the container manufacturer.

Heating or cooling coils shall not be installed inside storage containers.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 5 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Containers shall be painted either with white color for above ground tanks and black/green color
for Underground tanks (by the manufacturer)

The gas shall be filled through the filling point at ground level ( location to be decided during
construction) direct to tank, for the required quantity. The tank should not be filled more than
85 %~ 90 % of tank capacity preferable 80 %.

All tanks shall have first stage regulator fixed on the tank vapor outlet assuring delivery of a
maximum of 1.5 barg fixed pressure.

Note Tank capacity shall be as per drawings & Civil defense regulations

Tanks shall have the following design & manufacturing requirements:


- Design pressure: 20 bar
- Hydraulic test pressure of 28 bar
- Design Temperature: -20 c to +50 c

It is the intent of this specification for the LPG sub-contractor to supply, install, test and
commission a complete, operational LPG gas distribution system. The system shall conform
to NFPA-58, BS standards (as appropriate) and the local Civil Defence requirements. The
system shall consist of, but not limited o the following:

2.3.1 Above Ground or on building roof / podium

in case tanks are installed A/G the followings need to be considered:

- tanks should be fixed on concrete foundation and bolted to the foundation


- tank area shall be accessible only for authorized persons, which can be obtained by building a
fencing around the tank area (fencing can be chain link fence / wire mesh / decorative louvered type
fence (all by the main contractor)
- tanks shall be covered by water spray sprinkler system & deluge valve (by main contractor / MEP
contractor)
-Tank should be protected with sprinkler system equipment with special atomizing nozzles, this
system should be automatically and manually operated. The sprinkler system should be connected to
the fire pumps / wet riser of the building if available or separate. (by main contractor / MEP contractor)

2.3.2 UNDER GROUND or Half Buried Storage Tanks

in case tanks are installed U/G the followings need to be considered:

- tanks should be fixed on concrete foundation pit and bolted to the foundation
- tank area shall be accessible only for authorized persons, which can be obtained by building a
fencing around the tank area (fencing can be chain link fence / wire mesh / decorative louvered type
fence (all by the main contractor)
- tanks shall be protected by cathodic protection system (provided by the tank manufacturer)
- 2 nos. of portable fire extinguishers shall be installed of ABC type & CO2 type

2.3.3 Tank fittings shall be as follows:

 Filling
 Gas phase +dip tube
 Level gauge
 Safety relief valve
 Liquid phase (Top)
 Liquid phase (bottom) / drain plugged

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 6 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.3.4 Vaporizers

Vaporizers shall be electrical operated type either dry or water bath type.
No direct flame vaporizers are accepted
All related power supply wires and explosion proof power isolators shall be provided by the main/MEP
contractor

3. EXECUTION

Install all necessary power wiring and interconnecting wirings between valves/devices and panels. All
wiring to conform to Division 16 and shall be intrinsically safe. Provide wiring between LPG
monitoring panel and Fire Alarm Panel. (shall be provided by Main contractor / MEP contractor)

3.1 Provide reinforced concrete bases to support tanks and LPG filler box with pedestal.

3.2 LPG system schematic shown on the drawing shall be used as a guide. The schematic is
Intended to depict the minimum requirements. Additional safety requirements and other local
Civil Defense requirements shall be incorporated if requested by the Civil defense.

3.3 The LPG sub-contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 days training to the Owner’s
representatives on the operation of the system. In addition, the Contractor shall provide one
year warranty for the installation and a full One year maintenance service contract which
shall include parts and labor.

4. Gas (kitchen) Branches components:

The gas pipe from riser / dropper to cooker is a seamless copper pipe, diameter (8-12 mm), each branch will include the
following:

Gas regulating & metering equipments:

A. 1/2" Brass Isolating Valve (Manual shut off )


B. Safety 2nd stage regulator of 1.3 kg/hr (outlet pressure of 37 mbar) - regulator shall be equipped with UPSO
C. 1/2" Solenoid valve 220-240 VAC (low pressure 100 mbar) [normally closed type]
D. Low pressure (100 mbar) Gas Meter of G2.5
E. Auto shut off valve (either inside the gas meter kitchen cabinet or behind the cooker)
All Above items shall be fixed inside a dedicated kitchen cabinet provided by the Main contractor (usually it is
one of the existing kitchen cabinets) which shall be far from the cooker flame by at least 90 cm.
Domestic Detection system inside kitchen:
 Dedicated power supply breaker from the apartment Electrical main DB (by MEP / Main contractor)
 Emergency On/Off switch (with indication for Gas switch) to be provided by MEP / Main contractor
 Standard cables concealed in wall from breaker to on / off switch to gas leak detector to solenoid valve
(connection sequence to be confirmed by the gas contractor)
 Domestic stand Alone Gas leak Detector, connected to Solenoid valve and On/Off Switch - detector
shall be installed at 30 cm FFL

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 7 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

5. Main Gas leak Detection system:

LPG detection system consisting of LPF gas control panel + LPG detectors in shafts, pipe in
pipe (where required) and storage tank/s area.

A gas leak detection system shall be installed to monitor the gas leak as at different
locations of the gas network (shafts / pipe in pipe / tank area)

The gas detectors shall use a pellistor sensor to detect flammable gases and vapors.
The sensor shall be housed and fitted onto explosion proof junction box (for Tank Area) and
onto weather proof junction box (for shafts)
All shafts should have fire rates access panels for each gas leak sensor location (by main
contractor)

All Cables between gas leak detectors to main gas control panel shall be of FP200 4 core +
earth of 1.5 mm2 - which shall be provided by the Main contractor / MEP contractor

The central control panel shall be located in the entrance of the building (or the secur ity
room or BMS room or control room) and shall easily be accessible in the event of an
emergency. LPG control panel shall be interfaced with main fire alarm panel (by MEP
contractor) with a communication of volt free contact - fault & alarm conditions only. The panel
shall have a backup battery built in.

The central panel shall have a modular design incorporating input alarm/display module
for each gas detector. Each channel / Zone shall have indication for low alarm at 15% LEL,
high alarm at 30% HEL and fault at 0-100% LEL indicator.

Logic Of Operation

When low level gas leak is detected in any zone, local internal alarm and indication shall show
on the control panel. When high levels gas leak is detected in any zone, the following
sequences shall occur:

1. The Main solenoid valve in the main PRDP shall be closed.


2. External alarm shall be operated (throw the interface with the fire alarm panel)

Connection to the fire alarm system:

In the event of a fire alarm signal, the following sequence shall occur:

1. The Main solenoid valve in the main PRDP shall be closed.


2. The sprinkler system of the gas tank shall operate.

LPG monitoring and control panel, with alarm and status display, reset button, shall consist of
the followings:

AC healthy
DC healthy
Gas pressure low
Gas pressure high
Gas solenoid valve operated
Common fire signals
Gas leak high

The panel shall have the following switches:

Test lamp
System reset

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 8 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

6.0 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION

All pipe work shall be painted with 1 finishing coat of Yellow color. Flow Direction arrows stickers to indicate the
flow of gas in the system on roof or podium or basement shall be applied

7.0 TESTING AND COMMISIONING

The system in parts and as a whole shall be tested to ensure that it will operate safely, without leaks and to
the applicable specifications. Commissioning of the system shall be carried out to demonstrate that all the
equipment and the whole system are in good working order (by nitrogen)

The gas network shall be leak tested using gases such as Nitrogen. Oxygen or flammable gases will not be
used. The leak test shall include all the different pressure stages of the system including:

1. The filling line operating up to 15 bar.


2. The tank and high pressure stage operating pressure 5 bar.
3. The roof network, podium network, basement network, risers/droppers operating pressure 1.5 bar. The test
pressure shall be at least 1.5 times the operating pressure. The leak test duration shall be 2 hours. The
specified test pressure shall be monitored for a minimum of 2 hour during which the soap water method shall
be used to leak test every joint. If no leak is detected and the pressure gauge indicates no drop in the test
pressure then the system will be proven to be leak free. If a leak is found, the leaking joint shall be repaired
or the leaking equipment shall be replaced. The testing procedure shall be repeated to prove the complete
system as leak free.

-End of Section-

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15700 – LPG SYSTEM Page 9 of 9
(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

SECTION 15850
CO sensor

INDEX

1. Introduction
2. Outputs
3. Sensor Stations
4. Installations
5. Training

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15850 CO Sensor Page 1 of 4


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

1.0 Introduction

Supply and install as shown on drawings a multiplexed carbon monoxide (CO) Central
Detection and Control Systems consisting of the following:

1.1 Description

The operation of the system shall be based on the Time Division Multiplexing Principle
where each point is sequentially scanned by the central panel and its “CO” status
stored in panel memory.

The system shall be capable of handling up to 16 individual sensor stations.

1.2 The “CO” Electronic Multipoint System shall use only a common 3 wire communication
link between the control panel and the local stations (points).

1.3 The Control Panel shall display the point number currently being scanned. The panels
also shall display 4 led arrays for simultaneous and continuous visual inspection of
“35PPM “100PPM “100PPM Time Delayed” conditions and “sensor Trouble” conditions
of all sensor stations.

2.0 OUTPUTS

2.1 “ON-OFF”

The panel shall incorporate the necessary logic circuits to operate the exhaust supply
fans and the motorised dampers for fresh air and / or exhaust according to the specified
logic of ventilation.

If the equipment operated by the 100 PPM contacts does not reduce the CO level
below value within 15 minutes (3 to 60 minutes adjustable), the Central Panel shall go
on visual and audible alarm and also provide a contact for remote alarm indication or
supervision.

2.2 Flexibility of the system shall enable the originally specified relay logic of the ventilation
control system to be set or modified very easily at the central panel at a future date in
the field by local building personnel.

2.3 Provide on panel selector switches with indicating lights for manual energization “ON”
of all fans controlled by the panel.

2.4 Construction

The Panel shall be of solid ventilation metal construction. All electronic components
should be behind a locked door. There shall be no accessible switches or knobs on
front of panel. Colour of panel RAL7032.

All electrical connections should be made to separate side junction box to clearly
identify terminals. It shall be connected to essential supply.

2.5 Self-Checking

Integrity of the system shall be under constant checking. Should a remote station not
confirm a response a fault condition will be displayed at the central panel with indication
of faulty station location. A common alarm shall be locked in.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15850 CO Sensor Page 2 of 4


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

2.6 Time Delay

Panel shall include a time delay of approximately 15 minutes scheduled between the
time 100 PPM is detected and the time visual display on unit cover or panel, audible
alarm and closure of alarm contacts. This time delay is introduced in order to avoid
nuisance alarms produced by short temporary conditions. The time-delay also allows
the ventilation equipment, previously started at a lower “CO” level below alarm
conditions, a reasonable length of time to reverse the CO trend.

2.7 Battery Back-up

Provide in the Panel a battery back-up to maintain the system in operation during a
power failure.

A compact rechargeable battery shall be used because of the reduced power


requirements of the multiplexed system.

3.0 SENSOR STATIONS

3.1 The wall or column mounted PVC gasketed enclosure with vandal proof cover screws
shall not have any parts accessible from outside. Sensors shall be connected in loop.

3.2 Response

The local reaction time of the CO remote station shall be in the order of a few minutes,
therefore avoiding unnecessary stop starts of ventilation equipment every time a car
happens to stop in the vicinity of the sensor.

3.3 CO sensor response to ambient conditions shall be interpreted by the detection circuit
according to 2 selected levels. Information is stored for transmittal to central panel at
scanning time. LED’s display CO conditions in excess of selected levels.

3.4 Local stations shall have LED’s for visual indication of “power-on”, 35 PPM CO. 100
PPM CO, 100 PPM CO time-delayed and “Sensor Trouble” conditions.

3.5 Removing or disconnecting a local station from the loop, shall not affect the operation
of the balance of the system.

3.6 Sensor assembly and its electronics shall include necessary temperature
compensating circuits for operation in variable conditions between unheated northern
buildings spaces and desert areas.

3.7 There shall be no maintenance required except for periodic simple calibration checks
performed by introducing a known CO gas mixture into the sensor and verifying or
adjusting the electronic response at the sensor location.

3.8 Sensor life shall be guaranteed for 5 years without any necessity of replacing chemicals
or similar materials.

4.0 INSTALLATIONS

4.1 Remote sensor stations must be mounted vertically on wall according to arrow on
sensor. Locations where a parked car may exhaust directly into the sensor should be
avoided. Where sensors are mounted on columns, the preferred side should be
outside the usual lane of traffic.

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15850 CO Sensor Page 3 of 4


(B+G+2+R) 3 Star - Hotel Building
Plot No. 3560915 Tender Document
Umm Suqeim First, Dubai Mechanical Specifications

Note: The specific gravity of carbon monoxide is practically the same as specific
gravity of air. The height above the floor for locating the unit or remote sensor is
therefore not a critical consideration.

4.2 “CO” Systems should be energised at all time. Supply 230/1/50 - 15A from separate
circuit. It should be impossible to disconnect power to a “CO” System in order to
service other equipment.

4.3 All equipment shall be interconnected at the factory and shipped factory calibrated after
a 7 day operational test. Panel logic shall be factory tested by simulated field
conditions as specified. A report shall be furnished with the equipment.

4.4 All electrical connections shall be made by the Electrical Contractor according to
diagrams shown on drawings and diagrams furnished with the equipment by the
manufacturer. Use 3 wire coded cable from station to station, maintaining colour code.
All wiring is low voltage (24V). Connect all sensors in loop for each panel.

4.5 Alarms shall be announced at BMS and to be cleared upon clearing the fault or
resetting the station from its own control panel.

5.0 TRAINING

Proposal shall include pricing to receive system training on-site by a representative of


CO System manufacturer for a minimum period of 8 hours.

END OF SECTION

M/s. Al Waleed Real Estate LLC Section 15850 CO Sensor Page 4 of 4

You might also like